Title of Invention	OPHTHALMIC DEVICES COMPRISING PHOTOCHROMIC MATERIALS WITH REACTIVE SUBSTITUENTS
Abstract	Ophthalmic devices comprising photochromic materials comprising a reactive substituent. For example, the present disclosure contemplates ophthalmic devices comprising photochromic materials, such as photochromic naphthopyrans and indeno-fused naphthopyrans having a reactive substituent comprising a reactive moiety linked to the photochromic naphthopyran by one or more linking groups. In certain non-limiting embodiments, the reactive moiety comprises a polymerizable moiety. In other non-limiting embodiments, the reactive moiety comprises a nucleophilic moiety. Other non-limiting embodiments of the present disclosure relate to methods of making the photochromic ophthalmic device, wherein the photochromic ophthalmic devices comprise the photoc...

Title of Invention

OPHTHALMIC DEVICES COMPRISING PHOTOCHROMIC MATERIALS WITH REACTIVE SUBSTITUENTS

Abstract

Ophthalmic devices comprising photochromic materials comprising a reactive substituent. For example, the present disclosure contemplates ophthalmic devices comprising photochromic materials, such as photochromic naphthopyrans and indeno-fused naphthopyrans having a reactive substituent comprising a reactive moiety linked to the photochromic naphthopyran by one or more linking groups. In certain non-limiting embodiments, the reactive moiety comprises a polymerizable moiety. In other non-limiting embodiments, the reactive moiety comprises a nucleophilic moiety. Other non-limiting embodiments of the present disclosure relate to methods of making the photochromic ophthalmic device, wherein the photochromic ophthalmic devices comprise the photoc...

Full Text	OPHTHALMIC DEVICES COMPRISING PHOTOCHROMIC MATERIALS WITH REACTIVE SUBSTITUENTS BACKGROUND [001] Various non-limiting embodiments of the present disclosure relate to ophthalmic devices comprising photochromic materials comprising a reactive substituent. Other non-limiting embodiments of the present disclosure relate to photochromic ophthalmic devices, and methods of making the photochromic ophthalmic devices, wherein the photochromic ophthalmic devices comprise the photochromic materials described herein. [002] Many conventional photochromic materials, such as, for example, photochromic naphthopyrans, can undergo a transformation from one state to another in response to the absorption of electromagnetic radiation. For example, many conventional photochromic materials are capable of transforming between a first "clear" or "bleached" ground state and a second "colored" activated state in response to the absorption of certain wavelengths of electromagnetic radiation (or "actinic radiation"). As used herein the term "actinic radiation" refers to electromagnetic radiation that is capable of causing a photochromic material to transform from one form or state to another. The photochromic material may then revert back to the clear ground state in response to thermal energy in the absence of actinic radiation. Photochromic articles and compositions that contain one or more photochromic materials, for example photochromic lenses for eyewear applications, generally display clear and colored states that correspond to the photochromic material(s) that they contain. Thus, for example, eyewear lenses that contain photochromic materials can transform from a clear state to a colored state upon exposure to actinic radiation, such as certain wavelengths found in sunlight, and can revert back to the clear state in the absence of such radiation. [003] When utilized in photochromic articles and compositions, conventional photochromic materials are typically incorporated into a host polymer matrix by one of imbibing, blending and/or bonding. For example, one or more photochromic materials may be intermixed with a polymeric material or precursor thereof, and VTN5080 - 2 - thereafter the photochromic composition may be formed into the photochromic article or, alternatively, the photochromic composition may be coated on a surface of an optical element as a thin film or layer. As used herein, the term "photochromic composition" refers to a photochromic material in combination with one or more other material, which may or may not be a photochromic material. Alternatively, the photochromic material may be imbibed into a pre-formed article or coating. [004] In certain circumstances it may be desirable to modify the compatibility of the photochromic material with the host polymer into which it is incorporated. For example, by making the photochromic material more compatible with the host polymer, it is less likely that the combination will demonstrate cloudiness or haze due to phase separation or migration of the photochromic material in the host polymer. In addition, compatibilized photochromic materials may be more soluble in the host polymer and/or more uniformly distributed throughout the polymer matrix. Further, by modifying the compatibility of a photochromic material with a host polymer, other properties of the photochromic composition, such as, but not limited to, fade and/or activation rate, saturated optical density, molar absorptivity or molar extinction coefficient, and activated color, may also be effected. Modifications to such properties may be done, for example, to match the same properties of complementary photochromic materials or to enable the use of such compounds in hydrophilic or hydrophobic coating compositions, thin films or in rigid to flexible plastic matrices. [005] One approach to modifying the compatibility of a photochromic material with a host polymer is to attach a polymerizable moiety to the photochromic material via a polyalkoxylated linking group, for example, a polyethylene glycol, a polypropylene glycol, and/or a polybutylene glycol linking group. One potential limitation of utilizing polyalkoxylated linking groups is the degree of purity of the resultant photochromic material that can be readily achieved. For example, commercially available polyglycols that may be incorporated into the linking groups of these photochromic materials may comprise mixtures of glycol chains possessing VTN5080 -3- differing numbers of glycol units within each chain. Incorporation of these commercially available polyglycols into the photochromic material may lead to mixtures of compounds differing in chain lengths and molecular weights. This may lead to difficulty in purification, since one cannot readily separate out the desired photochromic materials in these mixtures. [006] Further, polyalkoxylated linking groups may comprise long chains containing multiple ether oxygen functionalities, which are inherently hydrophilic. While this may present certain desirable traits with regard to compatibility with the host polymer, linking groups with differing hydrophilicities, including linking groups that may be hydrophobic or, alternatively, linking groups of shorter length, may provide for different interactions with the host polymer and the resultant photochromic article. [007] Accordingly, for some applications it may be desirable to develop photochromic materials that may be incorporated into a variety of host polymers and which may comprise one or more reactive substituents having polarities (i.e. hydrophilicities or lipophilicities) that may more closely match the polarities of the host polymer. In other applications, it may be desirable to develop photochromic materials comprising one or more reactive substituent having polarities that do not match the polarities of the host polymers. In addition, it may be advantageous to develop photochromic materials comprising reactive substituents of uniform composition/molecular weight that can be readily purified, such as, by crystallization, chromatography, or other methods of purification known to one skilled in the art. BRIEF SUMMARY [008] Various non-limiting embodiments disclosed herein relate to ophthalmic devices comprising photochromic materials. In one non-limiting embodiment the photochromic material comprises a photochromic naphthopyran and at least one VTN5080 -4- reactive substituent bonded to the photochromic naphthopyran, wherein each reactive substituent is independently represented by one of: [009] -A-D-E-G-J; -G-E-G-J; -D-E-G-J; -A-D-J; -D-G-J; and -D-J; [010] wherein: (i) each -A- is independently -C(=O)-, -OC(=O)-, -NHC(=O)-, or - CH2-; (ii) each -D- is independently: (a) a diamine residue or a derivative thereof, said diamine residue being an aliphatic diamine residue, a cyclo aliphatic diamine residue, a diazacycloalkane residue, an azacyclo aliphatic amine residue, a diazacrown ether residue, or an aromatic diamine residue, wherein a first amine nitrogen of said diamine residue forms a bond with -A- or the photochromic naphthopyran, and a second amine nitrogen of said diamine residue forms a bond with -E-, -G-, or -J; or (b) an amino alcohol residue or a derivative thereof, said amino alcohol residue being an aliphatic amino alcohol residue, a cyclo aliphatic amino alcohol residue, an azacyclo aliphatic alcohol residue, a diazacyclo aliphatic alcohol residue, or an aromatic amino alcohol residue, wherein an amine nitrogen of said amino alcohol residue forms a bond with -A- or the photochromic naphthopyran, and an alcohol oxygen of said amino alcohol residue forms a bond with -E-, -G-, or -J, or, alternatively, the amine nitrogen of said amino alcohol residue forms a bond with -E-, -G-, or -J, and the alcohol oxygen of said amino alcohol residue forms a bond with -A- or the photochromic naphthopyran; (iii) each -E- is independently a dicarboxylic acid residue or a derivative thereof, said dicarboxylic acid residue being an aliphatic dicarboxylic acid residue, a cycloaliphatic dicarboxylic acid residue, or an aromatic dicarboxylic acid residue, wherein a first carbonyl group of said dicarboxylic acid residue forms a bond with - G- or -D-, and a second carbonyl group of said dicarboxylic acid residue forms a VTN5080 -5- bond with -G-; (iv) each -G- is independently: (a) -[(OC2H4)x(OC3H6)y(OC4H8)z]- O-, wherein x, y, and z, are each independently a number between 0 and 50, and the sum of x, y, and z ranges from 1 to 50; or (b) a polyol residue or a derivative thereof, said polyol residue being an aliphatic polyol residue, a cyclo aliphatic polyol residue, or an aromatic polyol residue, wherein a first polyol oxygen of said polyol residue forms a bond with -E-, -D-, or the photochromic naphthopyran, and a second polyol oxygen of said polyol residue forms a bond with -E- or -J; and (v) each -J is independently a group comprising a reactive moiety or residue thereof; or -J is hydrogen, provided that if -J is hydrogen, -J is bonded to an oxygen of group -D- or -G-, forming a reactive moiety. [011] Another non-limiting embodiment comprises an ophthalmic device comprising a photochromic material represented by the formula PC-[R]r, wherein (a) PC comprises a photochromic naphthopyran, wherein said photochromic naphthopyran is a 2H-naphtho[l,2-b]pyran, a 3H-naphtho[2,l-b]pyran, an indeno[2',3':3,4] naphtho[l,2-b]pyran or an indeno[l',2':4,3]naphtho[2,l-b]pyran or a mixture thereof; (b) r is an integer ranging from 1 to 4; and (c) each R is a reactive substituent independently represented by one of: -A-D-E-G-J; -G-E-G-J; -D-E-G-J; -A-D-J; -D-G-J; and -D-J; wherein: (i) each -A- is independently -C(=O)-, -OC(=O)-, -NHC(=O)-, or -CH2-; (ii) each -D- is independently: (a) a diamine residue or a derivative thereof, said diamine residue being an aliphatic diamine residue, a cyclo aliphatic diamine residue, a diazacycloalkane residue, an azacyclo aliphatic amine residue, a diazacrown ether residue, or an aromatic diamine residue, wherein a first amine nitrogen of said diamine residue forms a bond with -A- or PC, and a second amine VTN5080 -6- nitrogen of said diamine residue forms a bond with -E-, -G-, or -J; or (b) an amino alcohol residue or a derivative thereof, said amino alcohol residue being an aliphatic amino alcohol residue, a cyclo aliphatic amino alcohol residue, an azacyclo aliphatic alcohol residue, a diazacyclo aliphatic alcohol residue, or an aromatic amino alcohol residue, wherein an amine nitrogen of said amino alcohol residue forms a bond with -A- or PC, and an alcohol oxygen of said amino alcohol residue forms a bond with - E-, -G-, or -J, or said amine nitrogen of said amino alcohol residue forms a bond with -E-, -G-, or -J, and said alcohol oxygen of said amino alcohol residue forms a bond with -A- or PC; (iii) each -E- is independently a dicarboxylic acid residue or a derivative thereof, said dicarboxylic acid residue being an aliphatic dicarboxylic acid residue, a cycloaliphatic dicarboxylic acid residue, or an aromatic dicarboxylic acid residue, wherein a first carbonyl group of said dicarboxylic acid residue forms a bond with -G- or -D-, and a second carbonyl group of said dicarboxylic acid residue forms a bond with -G-; (iv) each -G- is independently: (a) -[(OC2H4)x(OC3H6)y(OC4H8)z]-O-, wherein x, y, and z, are each independently a number between 0 and 50, and the sum of x, y, and z ranges from 1 to 50; or (b) a polyol residue or a derivative thereof, said polyol residue being an aliphatic polyol residue, a cyclo aliphatic polyol residue, or an aromatic polyol residue, wherein a first polyol oxygen of said polyol residue forms a bond with -E-, -D-, or PC, and a second polyol oxygen of said polyol residue forms a bond with -E- or -J; and (v) each -J is independently a group comprising acryl, crotyl, methacryl, 2- (methacryloxy)ethylcarbamyl, 2-(methacryloxy) ethoxycarbonyl, 4-vinylphenyl, vinyl, 1-chlorovinyl, or epoxy; or -J is hydrogen, provided that if-J is hydrogen, -J is bonded to an oxygen of group -D- or -G-. [012] A further non-limiting embodiment comprises an ophthalmic device comprising a photochromic material represented by one of structures I through IV, below, or mixtures thereof. VTN5080 -7- wherein, (a) R1 is: a reactive substituent R, wherein said reactive substituent R is represented by one of: -A-D-E-G-J; -G-E-G-J; -D-E-G-J; -A-D-J; -D-G-J; and -D-J; wherein -A- is -C(=O)-, -OC(=O)-, -NHC(=O)-, or -CH2-; VTN5080 -8- -D- is: a diamine residue or a derivative thereof, said diamine residue being an aliphatic diamine residue, a cyclo aliphatic diamine residue, a diazacycloalkane residue, an azacyclo aliphatic amine residue, a diazacrown ether residue, or an aromatic diamine residue, wherein a first amine nitrogen of said diamine residue forms a bond with -A-, structure I, structure II, structure III, or structure IV, and a second amine nitrogen of said diamine residue forms a bond with -E-, -G-, or -J; or an amino alcohol residue or a derivative thereof, said amino alcohol residue being an aliphatic amino alcohol residue, a cyclo aliphatic amino alcohol residue, an azacyclo aliphatic alcohol residue, a diazacyclo aliphatic alcohol residue, or an aromatic amino alcohol residue, wherein an amine nitrogen of said amino alcohol residue forms a bond with -A-, structure I, structure II, structure III, or structure IV, and an alcohol oxygen of said amino alcohol residue forms a bond with -E-, -G-, or -J, or said amine nitrogen of said amino alcohol residue forms a bond with -E-, -G-, or -J, and said alcohol oxygen of said amino alcohol residue forms a bond with -A-, structure I, structure II, structure III, or structure IV; -E- is a dicarboxylic acid residue or a derivative thereof, said dicarboxylic acid residue being an aliphatic dicarboxylic acid residue, a cycloaliphatic dicarboxylic acid residue, or an aromatic dicarboxylic acid residue, wherein a first carbonyl group of said dicarboxylic acid residue forms a bond with -G- or -D-, and a second carbonyl group of said dicarboxylic acid residue forms a bond with -G-; each -G- is independently: -[(OC2H4)x(OC3H6)y(OC4H8)z]-O-, wherein x, y, and z, are each independently a number between 0 and 50, and the sum of x, y, and z ranges from 1 to 50; or a polyol residue or a derivative thereof, said polyol residue being an aliphatic polyol residue, a cyclo aliphatic polyol residue, or an aromatic polyol residue, wherein a first polyol oxygen of said polyol residue forms a bond with -E-, -D-, structure I, structure II, structure III, or structure IV, and a second polyol oxygen of said polyol residue forms a bond with -E- or -J; and -J is a group comprising acryl, methacryl, crotyl, 2-(methacryloxy) ethylcarbamyl, 2-(methacryloxy)ethoxycarbonyl, 4-vinylphenyl, vinyl, 1- VTN5080 -9- chlorovinyl, or epoxy, or -J is hydrogen, provided that if -J is hydrogen, -J is bonded to an oxygen of group -D- or -G-; or R1 is hydrogen; hydroxyl; C1-C3 alkyl; or the group -C(=O)W, wherein W is -OR7, -N(R8)R9, piperidino or morpholino, wherein R7 is allyl, C1-C6 alkyl, phenyl, mono(C1-C6)alkyl substituted phenyl, mono(C1-C6)alkoxy substituted phenyl, phenyl(C1-C3)alkyl, mono(C1-C6)alkyl substituted phenyl(C1-C3)alkyl, mono(C1-C6)alkoxy substituted phenyl(C1-C3)alkyl, C1-C6 alkoxy(C2-C4)alkyl or C1-C6 haloalkyl; Rg and R9 are each independently C1-C6 alkyl, C5-C7 cycloalkyl, phenyl, mono-substituted phenyl, or di-substituted phenyl, wherein said phenyl substituents are C1-C6 alkyl or C1-C6 alkoxy, and said halo substituent is chloro or fluoro; (b) R1' is: the reactive substituent R; hydrogen; hydroxyl; C1-C3 alkyl; or the group -C(=O)W, wherein W is -OR7, -N(R8)R9, piperidino or morpholino, wherein R7 is allyl, C1-C6 alkyl, phenyl, mono(C1-C6)alkyl substituted phenyl, mono(C1-C6)alkoxy substituted phenyl, phenyl(C1-C3)alkyl, mono(C1-C6)alkyl substituted phenyl(C1-C3)alkyl, mono(C1-C6)alkoxy substituted phenyl(C1-C3)alkyl, C1-C6 alkoxy(C2-C4)alkyl or C1-C6 haloalkyl; and R8 and R9 are each independently C1-C6 alkyl, C5-C7 cycloalkyl, phenyl, mono-substituted phenyl, or di-substituted phenyl, wherein said phenyl substituents are C1-C6 alkyl or C1-C6 alkoxy, and said halo substituent is chloro or fluoro; (c) R2 is the reactive substituent R; hydrogen; C1-C6 alkyl; C3-C7 cycloalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted phenyl; or -OR10; or -OC(=O)R10, wherein R10 is hydrogen; C1-C6 alkyl, phenyl(C1-C3)alkyl, mono(C1-C6)alkyl substituted phenyl(C1-C3)alkyl, mono(C1-C6)alkoxy substituted phenyl(C1-C3)alkyl, (C1- C6)alkoxy(C2-C4)alkyl, C3-C7 cycloalkyl, or mono(C1-C4)alkyl substituted C3-C7 cycloalkyl, and said phenyl substituents are C1-C6 alkyl or C1-C6 alkoxy; (d) n is an integer ranging from 0 to 4 and each R3 and R4 are independently for each occurrence: the reactive substituent R; hydrogen; fluoro, chloro, C1-C6 alkyl; C3-C7 cycloalkyl; substituted or unsubstituted phenyl; -OR10 or VTN5080 -10- -OC(=O)R10, wherein R10 is hydrogen, C1-C6 alkyl, phenyl(C1-C3)alkyl, mono(C1- C6)alkyl substituted phenyl(C1-C3)alkyl, mono(C1-C6)alkoxy substituted phenyl(C1- C3)alkyl, (C1-C6)alkoxy(C2-C4)alkyl, C3-C7 cycloalkyl, or mono(C1-C4)alkyl substituted C3-C7 cycloalkyl, and said phenyl substituents are C1-C6 alkyl or C1-C6 alkoxy; a mono-substituted phenyl, said phenyl having a substituent located at the para position, wherein the substituent is: a dicarboxylic acid residue or derivative thereof, a diamine residue or derivative thereof, an amino alcohol residue or derivative thereof, a polyol residue or derivative thereof, -CH2-, -(CH2)t-, or -[O- (CH2)t]k-, wherein t is an integer 2, 3, 4, 5 or 6 and k is an integer from 1 to 50, the substituent being connected to an aryl group on another photochromic material; -N(R11)R12, wherein R11 and R12 are each independently hydrogen, Ci-Cg alkyl, phenyl, naphthyl, furanyl, benzofuran-2-yl, benzofuran-3-yl, thienyl, benzothien-2- yl, benzothien-3-yl, dibenzofuranyl, dibenzothienyl, benzopyridyl, fluorenyl, C1-C8 alkylaryl, C3-C20 cycloalkyl, C4- C20 bicycloalkyl, C5- C20 tricycloalkyl or C1- C20 alkoxyalkyl, wherein said aryl group is phenyl or naphthyl, or R11 and R12 come together with the nitrogen atom to form a C3-C20 hetero-bicycloalkyl ring or a C4-C20 hetero-tricycloalkyl ring; a nitrogen containing ring represented by the following graphic formula VA: VA wherein each -Y- is independently chosen for each occurrence from -CH2-, -CH(R13)-, -C(R13)2-, -CH(aryl)-, -C(aryl)2-, and -C(R13)(aryl)-, and Z is -Y-, -O-, - S-, -S(O)-, -SO2-, -NH-, -N(R13)-, or -N(aryl)-, wherein each R13 is independently C1-C6 alkyl, each aryl is independently phenyl or naphthyl, m is an integer 1, 2 or 3, and p is an integer 0, 1, 2, or 3 and when p is 0, Z is -Y-; a group represented by one of the following graphic formulae VB or VC: VTN5080 -11 - wherein R15, R16, and R17 are each independently hydrogen, C1-C6 alkyl, phenyl, or naphthyl, or the groups R15 and R16 together form a ring of 5 to 8 carbon atoms, each R14 is independently for each occurrence from C1-C6 alkyl, C1-C6 alkoxy, fluoro, or chloro and p is an integer 0, 1, 2, or 3; and unsubstituted, mono-, or di-substituted C4-C18 spirobicyclic amine, or unsubstituted, mono- or di-substituted C4-C18 spirotricyclic amine, wherein said substituents are independently aryl, C1-C6 alkyl, C1-C6 alkoxy, or phenyl(C1-C6)alkyl; or an R3 group in the 6-position and an R3 group in the 7-position together form a group represented by one of VD and VE: wherein T and T' are each independently oxygen or the group -NR11-, where R11, R15, and R16 are as set forth above; (e) R5 and R6 are each independently: the reactive substituent R; hydrogen; hydroxy; C1-C6 alkyl; C3-C7 cycloalkyl; allyl; substituted or unsubstituted phenyl; substituted or unsubstituted benzyl; chloro; fluoro; -C(=0)W, wherein W is hydrogen, hydroxy, C1-C6 alkyl, C1-C6 alkoxy, the unsubstituted, mono-or di- substituted aryl groups phenyl or naphthyl, phenoxy, mono- or di-(C1-C6) alkoxy substituted phenoxy, mono- or di-(C1-C6)alkoxy substituted phenoxy, amino, mono(C1-C6)alkylamino, di(C1-C6)alkylamino, phenylamino, mono- or di-(C1- C6)alkyl substituted phenylamino, or mono- or di-(C1-C6)alkoxy substituted phenylamino; -OR18, wherein R18 is C1-C6 alkyl, phenyl(C1-C3)alkyl, mono(C1- VTN5080 -12- C6)alkyl substituted phenyl(C1-C3)alkyl, mono(C1-C6)alkoxy substituted phenyl(C1- C3)alkyl, C1-C6 alkoxy(C2-C4)alkyl, C3-C7 cycloalkyl, mono(C1-C4)alkyl substituted C3-C7 cycloalkyl, C1-C6 chloroalkyl, C1-C6 fluoroalkyl, allyl, or the group -CH(R19)Y', wherein R19 is hydrogen or C1-C3 alkyl and Y' is CN, CF3, or COOR20, wherein R20 is hydrogen or C1-C3 alkyl or R18 is the group -C(=O)W", wherein W" is hydrogen, C1-C6 alkyl, C1-C6 alkoxy, the unsubstituted, mono- or di-substituted aryl groups phenyl or naphthyl, phenoxy, mono- or di-(C1-C6)alkyl substituted phenoxy, mono- or di-(C1-C6)alkoxy substituted phenoxy, amino, mono(C1- C6)alkylamino, di(C1-C6)alkylamino, phenylamino, mono- or di-( C1-C6)alkyl substituted phenylamino, or mono- or di-( C1-C6)alkoxy substituted phenylamino, wherein each of said phenyl, benzyl, or aryl group substituents are independently C1-C6 alkyl or C1-C6 alkoxy; or a mono-substituted phenyl, said phenyl having a substituent located at the para position, wherein the substituent is: a dicarboxylic acid residue or derivative thereof, a diamine residue or derivative thereof, an amino alcohol residue or derivative thereof, a polyol residue or derivative thereof, -CH2-, -(CH2)r, or -[O-(CH2)t]k-, wherein t is an integer 2, 3, 4, 5 or 6 and k is an integer from 1 to 50, the substituent being connected to an aryl group on another photochromic material; or R5 and R6 together form an oxo group, a spiro-carbocyclic group containing 3 to 6 carbon atoms, or a spiro-heterocyclic group containing 1 to 2 oxygen atoms and 3 to 6 carbon atoms including the spirocarbon atom, said spiro- carbocyclic and spiro-heterocyclic groups being annellated with 0, 1 or 2 benzene rings; and (f) B and B' are each independently: a substituted phenyl; a substituted aryl; a substituted 9-julolindinyl; a substituted heteroaromatic group chosen from pyridyl, furanyl, benzofuran-2-yl, benzofuran-3-yl, thienyl, benzothien-2-yl, benzothien-3-yl, dibenzofuranyl, dibenzothienyl, carbazoyl, benzopyridyl, indolinyl, and fluorenyl, wherein the phenyl, aryl, 9-julolindinyl, or heteroaromatic substituent is the reactive substituent R; an unsubstituted, mono-, di-, or tri-substituted phenyl or aryl group; 9-julolidinyl; and an unsubstituted, mono- or di-substituted VTN5080 -13- heteroaromatic group chosen from pyridyl, furanyl, benzofuran-2-yl, benzofuran-3- yl, thienyl, benzothien-2-yl, benzothien-3-yl, dibenzofuranyl, dibenzothienyl, carbazoyl, benzopyridyl, indolinyl, and fluorenyl, wherein each of the phenyl, aryl and heteroaromatic substituents are each independently: hydroxyl, a group - C(=O)R21, wherein R21 is -OR22, -N(R23)R24, piperidino or morpholino, wherein R22 is allyl, C1-C6 alkyl, phenyl, mono(C1-C6)alkyl substituted phenyl, mono(C1- C6)alkoxy substituted phenyl, phenyl(C1-C3)alkyl, mono(C1-C6)alkyl substituted phenyl(C1-C3)alkyl, mono(C1-C6)alkoxy substituted phenyl(C1-C3)alkyl, C1-C6 alkoxy(C2-C4)alkyl or C1-C6 haloalkyl; R23 and R24 are each independently C1-C6 alkyl, C5-C7 cycloalkyl, phenyl or substituted phenyl, the phenyl substituents being C1-C6 alkyl or C1-C6 alkoxy, and said halo substituent is chloro or fluoro, aryl, mono(C1-C12)alkoxyaryl, di(C1-C12)alkoxyaryl, mono(C1-C12)alkylaryl, di(C1- C12)alkylaryl, haloaryl, C3-C7 cycloalkylaryl, C3-C7 cycloalkyl, C3-C7 cycloalkyloxy, C3-C7 cycloalkyloxy(C1-C12)alkyl, C3-C7 cycloalkyloxy(C1-C12)alkoxy, aryl(C1- C12)alkyl, aryl(C1-C12)alkoxy, aryloxy, aryloxy(C1-C12)alkyl, aryloxy(C1- C12)alkoxy, mono- or di(C1-C12)alkylaryl(C1-C12)alkyl, mono- or di-(C1- C12)alkoxyaryl(C1-C12)alkyl, mono- or di-(C1-C12)alkylaryl(C1-C12)alkoxy, mono- or di-(C1-C12)alkoxyaryl(C1-C12)alkoxy, amino, mono- or di-(C1-C12)alkylamino, diarylamino, piperazine, N-(C1-C12)alkylpiperazino, N-arylpiperazino, aziridino, indolino, piperidino, morpholino, thiomorpholino, tetrahydroquinolino, tetrahydroisoquinolino, pyrrolidyl, C1-C12 alkyl, C1-C12 haloalkyl, C1-C12 alkoxy, mono(C1-C12 )alkoxy(C1-C12 )alkyl, acryloxy, methacryloxy or halogen; an unsubstituted or mono-substituted group chosen from pyrazolyl, imidazolyl, pyrazolinyl, imidazolinyl, pyrrolinyl, phenothiazinyl, phenoxazinyl, phenazinyl, and acridinyl, each of said substituents being C1-C12 alkyl, C1-C12 alkoxy, phenyl, or halogen; a mono-substituted phenyl, said phenyl having a substituent located at the para position, wherein the substituent is: a dicarboxylic acid residue or derivative thereof, a diamine residue or derivative thereof, an amino alcohol residue or derivative thereof, a polyol residue or derivative thereof, -CH2-, -(CH2)r, or -[O- VTN5080 -14- (CH2)t]k-, wherein t is an integer 2, 3, 4, 5 or 6 and k is an integer from 1 to 50, the substituent being connected to an aryl group on another photochromic material; a group represented by one of: wherein each K is -CH2- or -O-, and M is -O- or substituted nitrogen, provided that when M is substituted nitrogen, K is -CH2-, the substituted nitrogen substituents being hydrogen, C1-C12 alkyl, or C1-C12 acyl, each R25 being independently chosen for each occurrence from C1-C12 alkyl, C1-C12 alkoxy, hydroxy, and halogen, R26 and R27 each being independently hydrogen or C1-C12 alkyl, and u is an integer ranging from 0 to 2; or a group represented by: wherein R28 is hydrogen or C1-C12 alkyl, and R29 is an unsubstituted, mono-, or di- substituted group chosen from naphthyl, phenyl, furanyl, and thienyl, wherein the substituents are C1-C12 alkyl, C1-C12 alkoxy, or halogen; or B and B' taken together form one of a fluoren-9-ylidene, mono-, or di- substituted fluoren-9-ylidene, each of said fluoren-9-ylidene substituents being independently chosen from C1-C12 alkyl, C1-C12 alkoxy, and halogen; provided that the photochromic material comprises at least one reactive substituent R. [013] Still other non-limiting embodiments relate to ophthalmic devices comprising photochromic compositions, and methods of making the same, wherein the ophthalmic devices comprise a photochromic material according various non- limiting embodiments disclosed herein. BRIEF DESCRIPTION OF THE DRAWINGS VTN5080 -15- [014] Various non-limiting embodiments of the invention disclosed herein will be better understood when read in conjunction with the drawings, in which: Figs. 1 and 2 are schematic diagrams of reaction schemes for synthesizing photochromic materials according to various non-limiting embodiments disclosed herein. DETAILED DESCRIPTION [015] As used in this specification and the appended claims, the articles "a," "an," and "the" include plural referents unless expressly and unequivocally limited to one referent. [016] Additionally, for the purposes of this specification, unless otherwise indicated, all numbers expressing quantities of ingredients, reaction conditions, and other properties or parameters used in the specification are to be understood as being modified in all instances by the term "about." Accordingly, unless otherwise indicated, it should be understood that the numerical parameters set forth in the following specification and attached claims are approximations. At the very least, and not as an attempt to limit the application of the doctrine of equivalents to the scope of the claims, numerical parameters should be read in light of the number of reported significant digits and the application of ordinary rounding techniques. [017] Further, while the numerical ranges and parameters setting forth the broad scope of the invention are approximations as discussed above, the numerical values set forth in the Examples section are reported as precisely as possible. It should be understood, however, that such numerical values inherently contain certain errors resulting from the measurement equipment and/or measurement technique. [018] As used herein in the terms "lens" and "ophthalmic device" refer to devices that reside in or on the eye. These devices can provide optical correction, wound care, drug delivery, diagnostic functionality, cosmetic enhancement or effect or a combination of these properties. The terms lens and ophthalmic device includes but are not limited to soft contact lenses, hard contact lenses, intraocular lenses, overlay lenses, ocular inserts, and optical inserts. VTN5080 -16- [019] Photochromic materials according to various non-limiting embodiments of the invention will now be discussed. As used herein, the term "photochromic" means having an absorption spectrum for at least visible radiation that varies in response to absorption of at least actinic radiation. Further, as used herein, the term "photochromic material" means any substance that is adapted to display photochromic properties, i.e., adapted to have an absorption spectrum for at least visible radiation that varies in response to absorption of at least actinic radiation. [020] One non-limiting embodiment provides a photochromic material comprising a photochromic naphthopyran, and a reactive substituent bonded to the photochromic naphthopyran, wherein the reactive substituent is represented by one of: -A-D-E-G-J; -G-E-G-J; -D-E-G-J; -A-D-J; -D-G-J; and -D-J. [021] Non-limiting examples of structures for -A- according to various non- limiting embodiments of the present disclosure include -C(=O)-, -OC(=O)-, - NHC(=O)-, and -CH2-. [022] Non-limiting examples of structures for -D- according to various non- limiting embodiments of the present disclosure include diamine residues or derivatives thereof, wherein a first amine nitrogen of said diamine residue forms a bond with -A- or the photochromic naphthopyran, and a second amine nitrogen of said diamine residue forms a bond with -E-, -G-, or -J and amino alcohol residues or derivatives thereor, wherein an amine nitrogen of said amino alcohol residue forms a bond with -A- or the photochromic naphthopyran, and an alcohol oxygen of said amino alcohol residue forms a bond with -E-, -G-, or -J, or, alternatively, the amine nitrogen of said amino alcohol residue forms a bond with -E-, -G-, or -J, and the VTN5080 -17- alcohol oxygen of said amino alcohol residue forms a bond with -A- or the photochromic naphthopyran. [023] In certain non-limitnig embodiments where -D- is a diamine residue or a derivative thereof, non-limiting examples of said diamine residue include apliphatic diamine residues, cyclo aliphatic diamine residues, diazacycloalkane residues, azacyclo aliphatic amine residues, diazacrown ether residues, and aromatic diamine residues. Non-liminting examples of diamine residues from which -D- may bechosen include diamine residues represented by any of the following structures: [024] In other non-limiting embodiments where -D- is an amino alcohol residue or a derivative thereof, non-limiting examples of said amino alcohol residue include aliphatic amino alcohol residues, cyclo aliphatic amino alcohol residues, azacyclo aliphatic alcohol residues, dazacyclo aliphatic alcohol residues, and aromatic amino alcohol residues. Non-limiting examples of amino alcohol residues from which -D- may be chosen include amino alcohol residues represented by any of the following structures: VTN5080 -18- [025] Non-limiting examples of structures for -E- according to various non- limiting embodiments of the present disclosure include dicarboxylic acid residues or derivatives thereof, wherein a first carbonyl group of said dicarboxylic acid residue forms a bond with -G- or -D-, and a second carbonyl group of said dicarboxylic acid residue forms a bond with -G-. Non-limiting examples of suitable dicarboxylic acid residues include aliphatic dicarboxylic acid residues, cycloaliphatic dicarboxylic acid residues, and aromatic dicarboxylic acid residues. Non-limiting examples of dicarboxylic acid residues from which -E- may be chosen include dicarboxylic residues represented by any of the following structures: [026] Non-limiting examples of structures for -G- according to various non- limiting embodiments of the present disclosure include polyalkyleneglycol residues and polyol residues and derivatives thereof, wherein a first polyol oxygen of said polyol residue forms a bond with -E-, -D-, or the photochromic naphthopyran, and a second polyol oxygen of said polyol residue forms a bond with -E- or -J. Non- VTN5080 -19- limiting examples of suitable polyalkyleneglycol residues include the structure: -[(OC2H4)x(OC3H6)y(OC4H8)z]-O-, wherein x, y, and z, are each independently a number between 0 and 50, and the sum of x, y, and z ranges from 1 to 50. Non- limiting examples of suitable polyol residues include aliphatic polyol residues, cyclo aliphatic polyol residues, and aromatic polyol residues. [027] As discussed above, -G- can be a residue of a polyol, which is defined herein to include hydroxy-containing carbohydrates, such as those set forth in U.S. Patent No. 6,555,028 at col. 7, line 56 to col. 8, line 17, which disclosure is hereby specifically incorporated by reference herein. The polyol residue may be formed, for example and without limitation herein, by the reaction of one or more of the polyol hydroxyl groups with a precursor of-E- or -D-, such as a carboxylic acid or a methylene halide, a precursor of a polyalkoxylated group, such as polyalkylene glycol, or a hydroxyl substituent of the indenofused naphthopyran. The polyol may be represented by U-(OH)a and the residue of the polyol may be represented by the formula -O-U-(OH)a-1, wherein U is the backbone or main chain of the polyhydroxy compound and "a" is at least 2. [028] Examples of polyols from which -G- may be formed include polyols having at least 2 hydroxy groups such as (a) low molecular weight polyols having an average molecular weight less than 500, such as, but not limited to, those set forth in U.S. Patent No. 6,555,028 at col. 4, lines 48-50, and col. 4, line 55 to col. 6, line 5, which disclosure is hereby specifically incorporated by reference herein; (b) polyster polyols, such as, but not limited to, those set forth in U.S. Patent No. 6,555,028 at col. 5, lines 7-33, which disclosure is hereby specifically incorporated by reference herein; (c) polyether polyols, such as but not limited to those set forth in U.S. Patent No. 6,555,028 at col. 5, lines 34-50, which disclosure is hereby specifically incorporated by reference herein; (d) amide-containing polyols, such as, but not limited to, those set forth in U.S. Patent No. 6,555,028 at col. 5, lines 51-62, which disclosure is hereby specifically incorporated by reference; (e) epoxy polyols, such as, but not limited to, those set forth in U.S. Patent No. 6,555,028 at col. 5 line 63 to VTN5080 -20- col. 6, line 3, which disclosure is hereby specifically incorporated by reference herein; (f) polyhydric polyvinyl alcohols, such as, but not limited to, those set forth in U.S. Patent No. 6,555,028 at col. 6, lines 4-12, which disclosure is hereby specifically incorporated by reference herein; (g) urethane polyols, such as, but not limited to those set forth in U.S. Patent No. 6,555,028 at col. 6, lines 13-43, which disclosure is hereby specifically incorporated by reference herein; (h) polyacrylic polyols, such as, but not limited to those set forth in U.S. Patent No. 6,555,028 at col. 6, lines 43 to col. 7, line 40, which disclosure is hereby specifically incorporated by reference herein; (i) polycarbonate polyols, such as, but not limited to, those set forth in U.S. Patent No. 6,555,028 at col. 7, lines 41-55, which disclosure is hereby specifically incorporated by reference herein; and (j) mixtures of such polyols. [029] In the various non-limiting embodiments of the present disclosure, -J is a group comprising a reactive moiety or residue thereof; or -J is hydrogen, provided that if-J is hydrogen, -J is bonded to an oxygen of group -D- or -G-, forming a reactive moiety. As used herein, the term "photochromic naphthopyran" is defined as a photochromic compound having a core naphthopyran substructure that displays photochromic properties. For example, according to various non-limiting embodiments, the photochromic naphthopyran is capable of transforming between a first "closed" form and a second "open" form in response to the absorption of actinic radiation. Examples of core naphthopyran substructures are presented below: VTN5080 -21 - [030] According to various non-limiting embodiments disclosed herein, the groups B and B' (shown above) are part of the photochromic naphthopyran core substructure. Without intending to be limited by any particular theory, it is believed that the B and B' groups may help stabilize the open form of the core naphthopyran substructure by being in conjugation with the pi-system of the open form of the core naphthopyran substructure. Suitable structures for B and/or B' are any structures that have at least one pi-bond that is in conjugation with the pi-system of the open form of the core naphthopyran substructure, for example, but not limited to, a substituted or unsubstituted aryl ring (e.g., a substituted or unsubstituted phenyl ring or naphthyl ring), and substituted or unsubstituted heteroaromatic ring structures. Various non-limiting examples for structure B and/or B' are discussed in detail hereinbelow. [031] Photochromic naphthopyrans that are suitable for use in conjunction with various non-limiting embodiments disclosed herein, include, but are not limited to, substituted 2H-naphtho[l,2-b]pyrans, substituted 3H-naphtho[2,l-b]pyrans, substituted indeno[2',3':3,4]naphtho[l,2-b]pyrans, substituted indeno[l ',2':4,3]naphtho[2,l-b]pyrans, and mixtures thereof. Photochromic naphthopyrans having these structures are shown below in structures 1 through 4, respectively. VTN5080 -22- [032] As discussed above, the photochromic materials according to various non- limiting embodiments disclosed herein, such as photochromic naphthopyrans, comprise a reactive substituent. As used herein, the term "reactive substituent" means an arrangement of atoms, wherein a portion of the arrangement comprises a reactive moiety or residue thereof. According to various non-limiting embodiments disclosed herein, the reactive substituent further comprises a linking group connecting the reactive moiety to the photochromic naphthopyran. As used herein, the term "moiety" means a part or portion of an organic molecule that has a characteristic chemical property. As used herein, the term "reactive moiety" means a part or portion of an organic molecule that may react to form one or more covalent bonds with an intermediate in a polymerization reaction, or with a polymer into which it has been incorporated. As used herein, the phrase "intermediate in the polymerization reaction" means any combination of two or more host monomer VTN5080 -23- units that are capable of reacting to form one or more bonds to additional host monomer unit(s) to continue a polymerization reaction or, alternatively, reacting with a reactive moiety of the reactive substituent on the photochromic material. For example, in one non-limiting embodiment the reactive moiety may react as a co- monomer in the polymerization reaction. Alternatively, but not limiting herein, the reactive moiety may react with the intermediate as a nucleophile or electrophile. As used herein, the term "host monomer or oligomer" means the monomeric or oligomeric material(s) into which the photochromic materials of the present disclosure may be incorporated. As used herein, the terms "oligomer" or "oligomeric material" refer to a combination of two or more monomer units that are capable of reacting with an additional monomer unit(s). As used herein, the term "linking group" means one or more group(s) or chain(s) of atoms that connect the reactive moiety to the photochromic naphthopyran. As used herein, the term "residue of a reactive moiety" means that which remains after a reactive moiety has been reacted with either a protecting group or an intermediate in a polymerization reaction. As used herein, the term "protecting group" means a group of atoms removably bonded to the reactive moiety that prevents the reactive moiety from participating in a reaction until the group is removed. [033] In one non-limiting embodiment, the reactive moiety comprises a polymerizable moiety. As used herein, the term "polymerizable moiety" means a part or portion of an organic molecule that can participate as a co-monomer in a polymerization reaction of a host monomer or oligomer. In another non-limiting embodiment, the reactive moiety comprises a nucleophilic moiety that reacts to form a bond with an electrophilic moiety on either the intermediate in the polymerization reaction or the host polymer. Alternatively, in another non-limiting embodiment, the reactive moiety comprises an electrophilic moiety that reacts to form a bond with a nucleophilic moiety on either the intermediate in the polymerization reaction or the host polymer. As used herein, the term "nucleophilic moiety" means an atom or grouping of atoms that is electron rich. As used herein, the term "electrophilic VTN5080 -24- moiety" means an atom or grouping of atoms that is electron poor. It is appreciated by one skilled in the art that nucleophilic moieties can react with electrophilic moieties, for example to form a covalent bond therebetween. [034] As discussed above, in one non-limiting embodiment, the ophthalmic devices of the present invention compromise a photochromic naphthopyran and a reactive substituent bonded to the photochromic naphthopyran. The reactive substituent may be bonded to the photochromic naphthopyran at a variety of positions on the photochromic naphthopyran. Referring to the numbering scheme associated with structures 1, 2, 3, and 4 above, according to certain non-limiting embodiments, a reactive substituent(s) may be attached to the naphthopyran as follows. For structures 1 or 2, a reactive substituent may be bonded to the naphthopyran at any of the positions numbered 5 through 10. For structures 3 or 4, a reactive substituent may be bonded to the indeno-fused naphthopyran at any of the positions numbered 5 through 13. In addition, for structures 1, 2, 3, and 4, a reactive substituent may additionally or alternatively be bonded to group B and/or group B'. [035] For example, according to various non-limiting embodiments disclosed herein wherein the photochromic naphthopyran comprises a 2H-naphtho[l,2- b]pyran or a 3H-naphtho[2,l-b]pyran, structures 1 or 2 respectively, a reactive substituent may be bonded to the photochromic naphthopyran by replacing a hydrogen on the rings of the naphtho-portion of the photochromic naphthopyran with a reactive substituent. Alternatively or in addition, a reactive substituent may be bonded to photochromic naphthopyran 1 or 2 by replacing a hydrogen on the B and/or B' groups of the photochromic naphthopyran with a reactive substituent. According to other non-limiting embodiments, wherein the photochromic naphthopyran comprises an indeno[2',3':3,4] naphtho[l,2-b]pyran or an indeno[l',2':4,3 ]naphtho [2,l-b]pyran, structures 3 or 4 respectively, a reactive substituent may be bonded to the photochromic naphthopyran by replacing a hydrogen on the rings of the indeno-fused naphtho-portion of the photochromic naphthopyran with a reactive substituent. Alternatively or in addition, a reactive VTN5080 -25- substituent may be bonded to photochromic naphthopyran 3 or 4 by replacing a hydrogen on the B and/or B' groups of the photochromic naphthopyran with a reactive substituent. [036] As discussed above, according to various non-limiting embodiments disclosed herein, the reactive substituent may be represented by one of the following groupings of structures: -A-D-E-G-J; -G-E-G-J; -D-E-G-J; -A-D-J; -D-G-J; and -D-J; wherein the groups -A-, -D-, -E-, and -G- are as set forth above, and -J is a group comprising a reactive moiety or residue of a reactive moiety; or -J is hydrogen, provided that if -J is hydrogen, -J is bonded to an oxygen of group -D- or -G-, forming a reactive moiety. The -J group may comprise any moiety capable of reacting with an intermediate in the polymerization reaction or the host monomer. For example, in one non-limiting embodiment, the -J group comprises a polymerizable moiety that can react as a co-monomer in an addition-type polymerization reaction or a condensation-type polymerization reaction of the host monomer, resulting in a co-polymer of the photochromic material and the host polymer. As used herein, the term "addition-type polymerization reaction" means a polymerization reaction in which the resultant polymer contains all of the atoms originally present in the monomer units. As used herein, the term "condensation- type polymerization reaction" means a polymerization reaction in which the resultant polymer does not contain all of the atoms originally present in the monomer units. As used herein, the term "host polymer" means the polymer that results from polymerization of the host monomer. For example, in certain non- limiting embodiments, the host polymer may include polymers that may contain a VTN5080 -26- functionality that can react to form a bond with a reactive substituent on the photochromic material. In other non-limiting embodiments, the host polymer may be the polymer in which the photochromic material is incorporated within or otherwise co-polymerized with or bonded to. In another non-limiting embodiment, the -J group comprises a nucleophilic or electrophilic moiety that can react with an electrophilic or nucleophilic moiety, respectively, on an intermediate in the polymerization reaction or on the host polymer. In another non-limiting embodiment, -J comprises a hydrogen, provided that when -J is hydrogen, -J is bonded to an oxygen of group -D- or -G-, forming a reactive moiety, i.e., a hydroxyl group. [037] When -J is bonded to an oxygen or a nitrogen, reactive moieties suitable for use in various non-limiting embodiments of the present disclosure include, but are not limited to, acryl, methacryl, crotyl, 2-(methacryloxy)ethylcarbamyl, 2- (methacryloxy) ethoxycarbonyl, 4-vinylphenyl, vinyl, 1 -chlorovinyl, and epoxy. Structures corresponding to such reactive moieties are shown below: [038] Alternatively, -J may be hydrogen, provided that if -J is hydrogen, -J is bonded to an oxygen, such that the linkage is terminated by a reactive hydroxyl group, wherein the hydroxyl group comprises the reactive moiety. VTN5080 -27- [039] As indicated above, the reactive substituent according to various non- limiting embodiments disclosed herein may comprise one or more groups -A-, -D-, - E-, and -G- which connect the group -J to the photochromic naphthopyran. As used herein, linking groups, as defined above, may comprise one or more of the groups -A-, -D-, -E-, and -G-. That is, various combinations of groups -A-, -D-, -E-, and - G- can form the linking group portion of the reactive substituent. As defined herein, the term "group" or "groups" means an arrangement of one or more atoms. [040] The structure of the linking groups of the various non-limiting embodiments will now be discussed in detail. As discussed above, the linking group portion of the reactive substituent comprises various combinations of the groups -A-, -D-, -E-, and -G-. For example, in certain non-limiting embodiments, the linking group portion of the reactive substituent comprises: -A-D-E-G-, -G-E-G-, -D-E-G-, -A-D-, -D-G-, or -D-, wherein a first group of the linking group is bonded to the photochromic naphthopyran at a position as set forth above and a second group of the linking group is bonded to the -J group as discussed in detail below. It will be understood by one having skill in the art that linking groups comprising various combinations of the groups -A-, -D-, -E-, and -G- can be synthesized by a variety of methods and the bond connections discussed below are for illustration purposes only and are in no way intended to imply a particular required or preferred synthetic approach to making the reactive substituent. [041] The connections between the various groups, i.e., -A-, -D-, -E-, and -G-, according to various non-limiting embodiments will now be discussed. In one non- limiting embodiment, the -A- group forms a bond with the photochromic naphthopyran and a bond with the -D- group. According to this non-limiting embodiment, the A-D bond may be a covalent bond between the carbonyl or methylene carbon of the -A- group and a nitrogen or oxygen of the diamine residue or amino alcohol residue of the -D- group. For example, according to various non- limiting embodiments, when -A- comprises a carbonyl carbon, the A-D bond may be an amide or an ester bond. In another non-limiting embodiment, when -A- VTN5080 -28- comprises a methylene carbon, the A-D bond may be an amine or ether bond. As used herein, the term "methylene" means an organic group having the structure -CH2-. [042] In other non-limiting embodiments, the -D- group forms a bond with an -A- group (as described above) or the photochromic naphthopyran and a bond with an - E- or -G- group. According to one non-limiting embodiment, the D-E bond may be a covalent bond between a nitrogen or oxygen of the diamine residue or amino alcohol residue of the -D- group and the carbonyl carbon of one of the carboxylic acid residues of the -E- group, forming an amide or ester bond therebetween. According to another non-limiting embodiment, the D-G bond may be a covalent bond wherein the nitrogen or oxygen of the diamine residue or amino alcohol residue of the -D- group replaces a terminal oxygen residue on the polyol residue or polyalkyleneglycol residue of the -G- group, thereby forming an amine or ether bond. [043] In other non-limiting embodiments, the -E- group forms a bond with a -D- group (as described above) or a first -G- group and a bond with a second -G- group. According to these non-limiting embodiments, the E-G bond may be a covalent bond between a terminal oxygen residue on the polyol residue or polyalkyleneglycol residue of the -G- group and the carbonyl carbon of one of the carboxylic acid residues of the -E- group, forming an ester bond therebetween. [044] As previously discussed, the physical and chemical nature of linking groups may have an effect on the overall properties of the photochromic material. For example, in one non-limiting embodiment, the linking groups of the reactive substituent may have a hydrophilic nature such that the photochromic material may be more readily soluble in hydrophilic or polar host monomers. In another non- limiting embodiment, the linking groups of the reactive substituent may have a lipophilic nature such that the photochromic material may be more readily soluble in lipophilic or nonpolar host monomers. VTN5080 -29- [045] The linking groups according to certain non-limiting embodiments of the present disclosure may also be of a uniform length and/or composition such that the resultant photochromic material may be more readily purified, when compared to a photochromic material having linking groups of non-uniform length. For example, in certain non-limiting embodiments where the linking group is of a uniform length and/or composition, the resultant photochromic material may be crystalline and therefore may be purified by recrystallization. In other non-limiting embodiments, where the linking group is of a uniform length and/or composition, the resultant photochromic material may be readily purified by chromatographic methods or other methods of purification known to one skilled in the art. For example, in one non- limiting embodiment set forth in Example 3, the photochromic material (i.e., 3- phenyl-3-(4-morpholinophenyl)-6-methoxy-7-(4-(2- methacryloxyethyl)carbamylpiperizin-1 -yl)-13,13-dimethyl-3H, 13H- indeno[2',3':3,4]naphtho[l,2-b]pyran) comprises a photochromic naphthopyran with a reactive substituent corresponding to -D-J. According to this non-limiting embodiment, the photochromic material may be purified by crystallization with an ethyl acetate/hexanes mixture to yield purple-tinted crystals. In another non-limiting embodiment set forth in Example 5, the photochromic material (i.e., 3-phenyl-3-(4- (4-(2-methacryloxyethyl)carbamylpiperazin-1 -yl)phenyl)-6,11 -dimethoxy-13,13- dimethyl-3H,13H-indeno[2',3':3,4]naphtho[l,2-b]pyran) comprises a photochromic naphthopyran with a reactive substituent corresponding to -D-J. According to this non-limiting embodiment, the photochromic material may be purified by silica gel chromatography to yield a green expanded foam solid. In other non-limiting embodiments, an intermediate in the synthesis of the photochromic material may be readily purified by recrystallization methods, chromatographic methods or other methods of purification know to one skilled in the art. [046] Bonding between the various linking group(s) and the group -J will now be discussed. According to various non-limiting embodiments disclosed herein, the group -J may be bonded to the linking group by a G-J bond or a D-J bond. In certain VTN5080 -30- non-limiting embodiments where the reactive moiety -J is bonded to the linking group by a G-J bond, the G-J bond may have many possible structures. For example, when -J is acryl, methacryl, or crotyl, the G-J bond may be an ester bond, that is, a terminal oxygen residue of the -G- group bonds with the carbonyl of the -J group. Alternatively, when -J is 2-(methacryloxy)ethylcarbamyl or 2- (methacryloxy)ethoxycarbonyl, the G-J bond may be a carbamate and carbonate bond, respectively, where a terminal oxygen residue of the -G- group bonds with the carbonyl of the ethyl carbamyl or ethoxycarbonyl portion of the -J group. Further, when -J is 4-vinylphenyl, vinyl, 1-chlorovinyl or epoxy, the G-J bond may be an ether bond between a terminal oxygen residue of the -G- group and the carbon of the -J group. In certain non-limiting embodiments, the -J group may be a hydrogen, such that the G-J bond is an oxygen-hydrogen bond resulting in a reactive moiety, i.e., a hydroxyl group, on the linking group. [047] In other non-limiting embodiments where the reactive moiety -J is bonded to the linking group by a D-J bond, the D-J bond may have many possible structures. For example, when -J is acryl, methacryl, or crotyl, the D-J bond may be an ester or amide bond, that is, an alcohol oxygen or an amine nitrogen on the amino alcohol residue or diamine residue of the -D- group bonds with the carbonyl of the -J group. Alternatively, when -J is 2-(methacryloxy)ethylcarbamyl or 2- (methacryloxy)ethoxycarbonyl, the D-J bond may be a urea, carbamate, or carbonate bond, where an amine nitrogen on the diamine residue or amino alcohol residue, or an alcohol oxygen on the amino alcohol residue of the -D- group bonds with the carbonyl of the ethylcarbamyl or ethoxycarbonyl portion of the -J- group. Further, when -J is 4-vinylphenyl, vinyl, 1-chlorovinyl or epoxy, the D-J may be an amine or ether bond between an amine nitrogen or the alcohol oxygen, respectively, of the -D- group and the carbon of the -J group. In certain non-limiting embodiments, when - D- is an amino alcohol, the - J group may be a hydrogen bonded to the oxygen of the amino alcohol residue, such that the D-J bond is an oxygen-hydrogen bond, resulting in a reactive moiety, i.e., a hydroxyl group, on the linking group. VTN5080 -31- [048] According to various non-limiting embodiments disclosed herein, wherein -J is acryl, methacryl, 2-(methacryloxy)ethylcarbamyl or epoxy, -J may be attached to the -D- or -G- group of the linking group by condensation of-D- or -G- with acryloyl chloride, methacryloyl chloride, 2-isocyanatoethyl methacrylate or epichlorohydrin, respectively. [049] Another non-limiting embodiment provides a photochromic material represented by: [050] PC-[R]r wherein: (a) PC comprises a photochromic naphthopyran, which may be for example, without limitation, a 2H-naphtho[l,2-b]pyran, a 3H-naphtho[2,l-b]pyran, an indeno[2',3':3,4]naphtho[l,2-b]pyran, an indeno[l',2':4,3]naphtho[2,l-b]pyran, or a mixture thereof; (b) r is an integer ranging from 1 to 4; and (c) R is a reactive substituent represented by one of: -A-D-E-G-J; -G-E-G-J; -D-E-G-J; -A-D-J; -D-G-J; and -D-J; wherein the groups -A-, -D-, -E-, and -G- are as set forth above, and-J is a group comprising a reactive moiety or residue thereof; or -J is hydrogen, provided that if -J is hydrogen, -J is bonded to an oxygen of group -D- or -G-, forming a reactive moiety. Non-limiting examples of -J, according to certain non-limiting embodiments include acryl, crotyl, methacryl, 2-(methacryloxy)ethylcarbamyl, 2- (methacryloxy)ethoxycarbonyl, 4-vinylphenyl, vinyl, 1-chlorovinyl, and epoxy. [051] As discussed with respect to the various non-limiting embodiments set forth above, the reactive substituent R according to this non-limiting embodiment may be bonded to the photochromic naphthopyran PC in a variety of positions. For example, when PC is a 2H-naphtho[l,2-b]pyran or a 3H-naphtho[2,l-b]pyran, a VTN5080 -32- reactive substituent R may be bonded at any of the positions numbered 5 through 10 according to structures 1 or 2 above. When PC is an indeno[2',3':3,4]naphtho[l,2- b]pyran or an indeno[l',2':4,3] naphtho[2,l-b]pyran, a reactive substituent R may be bonded at any of the positions numbered 5 through 13 according to structures 3 or 4 above. In addition or alternatively, when PC is a 2H-naphtho[l,2-b]pyran, a 3H- naphtho[2,l-b]pyran naphthopyran, an indeno[2',3':3,4]naphtho [l,2-b]pyran or an indeno[l',2':4,3]riaphtho[2,l-b]pyran, a reactive substituent R may be bonded to group B and/or group B'. [052] Further, as indicated above, the photochromic materials according to various non-limiting embodiments disclosed herein may comprises one reactive substituent R or may comprise multiple reactive substituents R, each of which may be the same or different. For example, according to one non-limiting embodiment wherein r is 2, the photochromic materials comprise two reactive substituents R, which may be the same or different, and which may be bonded to the photochromic naphthopyran PC at two of the numbered positions set forth above, at one of the numbered positions and on one of the B or B' groups, or both R substituents may be bonded to the photochromic naphthopyran PC at the B and/or B' group. [053] According to still other non-limiting embodiments disclosed herein, the photochromic material comprising at least one reactive substituent can be represented by the following structures I through IV, or a mixture thereof: VTN5080 -33- [054] Referring to structure II above, according to various non-limiting embodiments of the present disclosure, non-limiting examples for the structure of group R1 include: the reactive substituent R; hydrogen, hydroxy, C1-C3 alkyl; and the group, -C(=0)W, wherein W is -OR7, -N(R8)R9, piperidino or morpholino, wherein R7 is allyl, C1-C6 alkyl, phenyl, mono(C1-C6)alkyl substituted phenyl, mono(C1-C6)alkoxy substituted phenyl, phenyl(C1-C3)alkyl, mono(C1-C6)alkyl substituted phenyl(C1-C3)alkyl, mono(C1-C6)alkoxy substituted phenyl(C1-C3)alkyl, C1-C6 alkoxy(C2-C4)alkyl or C1-C6 haloalkyl, Rg and R9 are each independently chosen from C1-C6 alkyl, C5-C7 cycloalkyl, phenyl, mono-substituted phenyl, and di- substituted phenyl, said phenyl substituents are C1-C6 alkyl or C1-C6 alkoxy, and said halo substituent are chloro or fluoro. VTN5080 -34- [055] Referring now to structure I above, according to various non-limiting embodiments of the present disclosure, non-limiting examples for the structure of group R1' include: the reactive substituent R; hydrogen; hydroxy; C1-C3 alkyl; and the group -C(=O)W, wherein W is -OR7, -N(R8)R9, piperidino or morpholino, wherein R7 is allyl, C1-C6 alkyl, phenyl, mono(C1-C6)alkyl substituted phenyl, mono(C1-C6)alkoxy substituted phenyl, phenyl(C1-C3)alkyl, mono(C1-C6)alkyl substituted phenyl(C1-C3)alkyl, mono(C1-C6)alkoxy substituted phenyl(C1-C3)alkyl, C1-C6 alkoxy(C2-C4)alkyl or C1-C6 haloalkyl, and R8 and R9 are each independently chosen from C1-C6 alkyl, C5-C7 cycloalkyl, phenyl, mono-substituted phenyl, and di- substituted phenyl, wherein said phenyl substituents are C1-C6 alkyl or C1-C6 alkoxy, and said halo substituent are chloro or fluoro. [056] Referring now to structures I and II above, according to various non-limiting embodiments of the present disclosure, non-limiting examples for the structure of group R2 include: the reactive substituent R; hydrogen; C1-C6 alkyl; C3-C7 cycloalkyl; substituted or unsubstituted phenyl; and -OR10; or -OC(=O)R\|0, wherein Rio is hydrogen, C1-C6 alkyl, phenyl(C1-C3)alkyl, mono(C1-C6)alkyl substituted phenyl(C1-C3)alkyl, mono(C1-C6)alkoxy substituted phenyl(C1-C3)alkyl, (C1- C6)alkoxy(C2-C4)alkyl, C3-C7 cycloalkyl, or mono(C1-C4)alkyl substituted C3-C7 cycloalkyl, and said phenyl substituents are C1-C6 alkyl or C1-C6 alkoxy. [057] Referring now to structures I, II, III, and IV above, in various non-limiting embodiments of the present disclosure, non-limiting examples of structures for each R3 and each R4 independently include: the reactive substituent R; hydrogen; fluoro; chloro; C1-C6 alkyl; C3-C7 cycloalkyl; substituted or unsubstituted phenyl; -OR10; or -OC(=0)Rio, wherein R10 is hydrogen, C1-C6 alkyl, phenyl(C1-C3)alkyl, mono(C1- C6)alkyl substituted phenyl(C]-C3)alkyl, mono(C1-C6)alkoxy substituted phenyl(C1- C3)alkyl, (C1-C6)alkoxy(C2-C4)alkyl, C3-C7 cycloalkyl, or mono(C1-C4)alkyl substituted C3-C7 cycloalkyl, and said phenyl substituents are C1-C6 alkyl or C1-C6 alkoxy; and a mono-substituted phenyl, said phenyl having a substituent located at the para position, wherein the substituent is: a dicarboxylic acid residue or VTN5080 -35- derivative thereof, a diamine residue or derivative thereof, a amino alcohol residue or derivative thereof, a polyol residue or derivative thereof, -CH2-, -(CH2)t-, or -[O- (CH2)t]k-, wherein t is an integer 2, 3, 4, 5, or 6 and k is an integer from 1 to 50, the substituent being connected to an aryl group on another photochromic material. For structures I, II, III, and IV, n is an integer from 1 to 4. [058] Other non-limiting examples of structures for each R3 and each R4 include a nitrogen containing group, wherein the nitrogen containing group may be -N(R11)R12, wherein R11 and R12 are each independently hydrogen, C1-C8 alkyl, phenyl, naphthyl, furanyl, benzofuran-2-yl, benzofuran-3-yl, thienyl, benzothien-2- yl, benzothien-3-yl, dibenzofuranyl, dibenzothienyl, benzopyridyl, fluorenyl, Ci-Cg alkylaryl, C3-C20 cycloalkyl, C4-C20 bicycloalkyl, C5-C20 tricycloalkyl or C1-C20 alkoxyalkyl, wherein said aryl group is phenyl or naphthyl, or R11 and R12 come together with the nitrogen atom to form a C3-C20 hetero-bicycloalkyl ring or a C4-C20 hetero-tricycloalkyl ring; a nitrogen containing ring represented by the following graphic formula VA: wherein each Y is independently for each occurrence -CH2-, -CH(R13)-, -C(R13)2-, - CH(aryl)-, -C(aryl)2-, or -C(R13)(aryl)-, and Z is -Y-, -O-, -S-, -S(O)-, -SO2-, -NH-, - N(R13)-, or -N(aryl)-, wherein each R13 is independently C1-C6 alkyl, each aryl is independently phenyl or naphthyl, m is an integer 1, 2 or 3, and p is an integer 0, 1,2, or 3 and when p is 0, Z is Y; a group represented by one of the following graphic formulae VB or VC: VTN5080 -36- wherein R15, R16, and R17 are each independently hydrogen, C1-C6 alkyl, phenyl, or naphthyl, or R15 and R16 together may form a ring of 5 to 8 carbon atoms and each R14 is independently for each occurrence C1-C6 alkyl, C1-C6 alkoxy, fluoro or chloro and p is an integer 0, 1, 2, or 3; unsubstituted, mono-, or di-substituted C4-C18 spirobicyclic amine; and unsubstituted, mono-, or di-substituted C4-C18 spirotricyclic amine; wherein said spirobicyclic and spirotricyclic amine substituents are independently for each occurrence aryl, C1-C6 alkyl, C1-C6 alkoxy, or phenyl(C1- C6)alkyl. [059] Alternatively, according to various non-limiting embodiments disclosed herein, an R3 group in the 6-position and an R3 group in the 7-position, according to the numbering set forth in structures 1, 2, 3, and 4 above, together form a group represented by graphic formulae VD or VE: wherein T and T are each independently oxygen or the group -NR11-, where R11, R15, and R16 are as set forth above. [060] Referring now to structures III and IV above, according to various non- limiting embodiments of the present disclosure, non-limiting examples of the structure for each of groups R5 and R6 may independently include: the reactive substituent R; hydrogen; hydroxy; C1-C6 alkyl; C3-C7 cycloalkyl; allyl; phenyl; mono-substituted phenyl; benzyl; mono-substituted benzyl; chloro; fluoro; the group -C(=O)W, wherein W is hydroxy, C1-C6 alkyl, C1-C6 alkoxy, phenyl, mono- VTN5080 -37- substituted phenyl, amino, mono(C1-C6)alkylamino, or di(C1-C6)alkylamino; -OR18, wherein R18 is C1-C6 alkyl, phenyl(C1-C3)alkyl, mono(C1-C6)alkyl substituted phenyl(C1-C3)alkyl, mono(C1-C6)alkoxy substituted phenyl(C1-C3)alkyl, C1-C6 alkoxy(C2-C4)alkyl, C3-C7 cycloalkyl, mono(C1-C4)alkyl substituted C3-C7 cycloalkyl, C1-C6 chloroalkyl, C1-C6 fluoroalkyl, allyl, or the group, -CH(R19)Y', wherein R19 is hydrogen or C1-C3 alkyl and Y' is CN, CF3, or COOR20, wherein R20 is hydrogen or C1-C3 alkyl, or R18 is the group, -C(=O)W", wherein W" is hydrogen, C1-C6 alkyl, C1-C6 alkoxy, the unsubstituted, mono-, or di-substituted aryl groups phenyl or naphthyl, phenoxy, mono- or di-(C1-C6)alkyl substituted phenoxy, mono- or di-(C\|-C6)alkoxy substituted phenoxy, amino, mono(C1-C6)alkylamino, di(C1-C6)alkylamino, phenylamino, mono- or di-(C1-C6)alkyl substituted phenylamino, or mono- or di-( C1-C6)alkoxy substituted phenylamino, wherein each of said phenyl, benzyl or aryl group substituents are independently C1-C6 alkyl or C1-C6 alkoxy; and a mono-substituted phenyl, said phenyl having a substituent located at the para position, wherein the substituent is: a dicarboxylic acid residue or derivative thereof, a diamine residue or derivative thereof, a amino alcohol residue or derivative thereof, a polyol residue or derivative thereof, -CH2-, -(CH2)r, or -[O-(CH2)t]k-, wherein t is an integer 2, 3, 4, 5 or 6 and k is an integer from 1 to 50, the substituent being connected to an aryl group on another photochromic material. [061] Alternatively, in certain non-limiting embodiments, R5 and R6 can together form an oxo group, a spiro-carbocyclic group containing 3 to 6 carbon atoms, or a spiro-heterocyclic group containing 1 to 2 oxygen atoms and 3 to 6 carbon atoms including the spirocarbon atom, said spiro-carbocyclic and spiro-heterocyclic groups being annellated with 0, 1 or 2 benzene rings. [062] Referring again to structures I, II, III, and IV above, according to various non-limiting embodiments, non-limiting examples of the structure of the groups B and B' may each independently include: a substituted phenyl; a substituted aryl; a substituted 9-julolindinyl; a substituted heteroaromatic group, such as pyridyl VTN5080 -38- furanyl, benzofuran-2-yl, benzofuran-3-yl, thienyl, benzothien-2-yl, benzothien-3-yl, dibenzofuranyl, dibenzothienyl, carbazoyl, benzopyridyl, indolinyl, or fluorenyl, wherein one or more phenyl, aryl, 9-julolindinyl, or heteroaromatic substituent is the reactive substituent R; an unsubstituted, mono-, di-, or tri-substituted phenyl or aryl group; 9-julolidinyl; or an unsubstituted, mono- or di-substituted heteroaromatic group; such as pyridyl, furanyl, benzofuran-2-yl, benzofuran-3-yl, thienyl, benzothien-2-yl, benzothien-3-yl, dibenzofuranyl, dibenzothienyl, carbazoyl, benzopyridyl, indolinyl or fluorenyl, wherein each of the phenyl, aryl and heteroaromatic substituents are independently chosen from: hydroxyl, a group - C(=O)R21, wherein R21 is -OR22, -N(R23)R24, piperidino, or morpholino, wherein R22 is allyl, C1-C6 alkyl, phenyl, mono(C1-C6)alkyl substituted phenyl, mono(C1- C6)alkoxy substituted phenyl, phenyl(C1-C3)alkyl, mono(C1-C6)alkyl substituted phenyl(C1-C3)alkyl, mono(C1-C6)alkoxy substituted phenyl(C1-C3)alkyl, C1-C6 alkoxy(C2-C4)alkyl or C1-C6 haloalkyl, and R23 and R24 are each independently C1- C6 alkyl, C5-C7 cycloalkyl, phenyl or substituted phenyl, wherein the phenyl substituents are C1-C6 alkyl or C1-C6 alkoxy, and said halo substituent are chloro or fluoro, and aryl, mono(C1-C12)alkoxyaryl, di(C1-C12)alkoxyaryl, mono(C1- C12)alkylaryl, di(C1-C12)alkylaryl, haloaryl, C3-C7 cycloalkylaryl, C3-C7 cycloalkyl, C3-C7 cycloalkyloxy, C3-C7 cycloalkyloxy(C1-C12)alkyl, C3-C7 cycloalkyloxy(C1- C12)alkoxy, aryl(C1-C12)alkyl, aryl(C1-C12)alkoxy, aryloxy, aryloxy(C1-C12)alkyl, aryloxy(C1-C12)alkoxy, mono- or di(C1-C12)alkylaryl(C1-C12)alkyl, mono- or di-(d- C12)alkoxyaryl(C1-C12)alkyl, mono- or di-(C1-C12)alkylaryl(C\|-C12)alkoxy, mono- or di-(C1-C12)alkoxyaryl(C1-C12)alkoxy, amino, mono- or di-(C1-C12)alkylamino, diarylamino, piperazino, N-(C1-C12)alkylpiperazino, N-arylpiperazino, aziridino, indolino, piperidino, morpholino, thiomorpholino, tetrahydroquinolino, tetrahydroisoquinolino, pyrrolidyl, C1-C12 alkyl, C1-C12 haloalkyl, C1-C12 alkoxy, mono(C1-C12 )alkoxy(C1-C12 )alkyl, acryloxy, methacryloxy, and halogen; an unsubstituted or mono-substituted group, such as pyrazolyl, imidazolyl, pyrazolinyl, imidazolinyl, pyrrolinyl, phenothiazinyl, phenoxazinyl, phenazinyl, or acridinyl, VTN5080 -39- wherein each of said substituents are independently C1-C12 alkyl, C1-C12 alkoxy, phenyl, or halogen; a mono-substituted phenyl, said phenyl having a substituent located at the para position, wherein the substituent is: a dicarboxylic acid residue or derivative thereof, a diamine residue or derivative thereof, an amino alcohol residue or derivative thereof, a polyol residue or derivative thereof, -CH2-, -(CH2)t-, or -[O-(CH2)t]k-, wherein t is an integer 2, 3, 4, 5, or 6 and k is an integer from 1 to 50, the substituent being connected to an aryl group on another photochromic material; a group represented by one of: wherein K is -CH2- or -O-, and M is -O- or substituted nitrogen, provided that when M is substituted nitrogen, K is -CH2-, the substituted nitrogen substituents are hydrogen, C1-C12 alkyl, or C1-C12 acyl, each R25 is independently for each occurrence C1-C12 alkyl, C1-C12 alkoxy, hydroxy, or halogen, R26 and R27 each are independently hydrogen or C1-C12 alkyl; and u is the integer 0, 1, or 2; or a group represented by: wherein R28 is hydrogen or C1-C12 alkyl, and R29 is an unsubstituted, mono-, or di- substituted group, such as naphthyl, phenyl, furanyl, or thienyl, wherein the substituents are independently C1-C12 alkyl, C1-C12 alkoxy, or halogen. [063] Alternatively according to certain non-limiting embodiments, B and B' taken together form un unsubstituted mono-, or di-substituted fluoren-9-ylidene, each of said fluoren-9-ylidene substituents are independently C1-C12 alkyl, C1-C12 alkoxy, or halogen. VTN5080 -40- [064] For each of the groups R1, R1', R2, R3, R4, R5, R6, B, and B' discussed above, wherein the group comprises the reactive substituent R, each reactive substituent R can be independently chosen from and represented by one of: -A-D-E-G-J; -G-E-G-J; -D-E-G-J; -A-D-J; -D-G-J; and -D-J. [065] Non-limiting examples of structures for -A- according to various non- limiting embodiments of the present disclosure include -C(=O)-, -OC(=O)-, - NHC(=O)-, and -CH2-. [066] Non-limiting examples of structures for -D- according to various non- limiting embodiments of the present disclosure include diamine residues or derivatives thereof, and amino alcohol residues or derivatives thereof as set forth above. [067] In certain non-limiting embodiments where -D- is a diamine residue or a derivative thereof, a first amine nitrogen of the diamine residue may form a bond with -A-, structure I, structure II, structure III, or structure IV, and a second amine nitrogen of the diamine residue may form a bond with -E-, -G-, or -J. In other non- limiting embodiments where -D- is a amino alcohol residue or a derivative thereof, the amine nitrogen of the amino alcohol residue may form a bond with -A-, structure I, structure II, structure III, or structure IV, and the alcohol oxygen of the amino alcohol residue may form a bond with -E-, -G-, or -J; or the amine nitrogen of said amino alcohol residue may form a bond with -E-, -G-, or -J, and said alcohol oxygen of said amino alcohol residue may form a bond with -A-, structure I, structure II, structure III, or structure IV. [068] Non-limiting examples of structures for -E- according to various non- limiting embodiments of the present disclosure include dicarboxylic acid residues or VTN5080 -41- derivatives thereof, as set forth above. In certain non-limiting embodiments of -E-, a first carbonyl group of said dicarboxylic acid residue may form a bond with -G- or - D-, and a second carbonyl group of said dicarboxylic acid residue may form a bond with -G-. [069] Non-limiting examples of structures for -G- according to various non- limiting embodiments of the present disclosure include polyalkyleneglycol residues and polyol residues and derivatives thereof, as set forth above. In certain non- limiting embodiments where -G- a polyalkyleneglycol residue, non-limiting examples of said polyalkyleneglycol include the structure: -[(OC2H4)x(OC3H6)y(OC4H8)z]-O-, wherein x, y, and z are each a number between 0 and 50, and the sum of x, y, and z is from 1 to 50. In other non-limiting embodiments where -G- is a polyol residue or derivative thereof, a first polyol oxygen of the polyol residue may form a bond with -E-, -D-, structure I, structure II, structure III, or structure IV, and a second polyol oxygen of the polyol may form a bond with -E- or -J. [070] According to various non-limiting embodiments of the present disclosure, -J comprises the reactive moiety or residue thereof; or alternatively, -J is hydrogen, provided that if -J is hydrogen, -J is bonded to an oxygen of group -D- or -G-, forming a reactive moiety. Non-limiting embodiments of reactive moieties are discussed above. [071] Further, according to various non-limiting embodiments disclosed herein, one of groups R1, R1', R2, R3, R4, R5, R6, B, and B' on each of structures I, II, III, and IV comprises a reactive substituent R. In another non-limiting embodiment, two of the groups R1, R1', R2, R3, R4, R5, R6, B, and B' on each of structures I, II, III, and IV may comprise a reactive substituent R, wherein the reactive substituents R may be the same or different. In yet another non-limiting embodiment, from 1 and 4 of the groups R1, R1', R2, R3, R4, R5, R6, B, and B' on each of structures I, II, III, and IV may comprise a reactive substituent R, wherein the reactive substituents R may be the same or different. VTN5080 -42- [072] Non-limiting examples of photochromic materials comprising naphthopyrans comprising a reactive substituent R according to the various embodiments of the present disclosure include the following: (i) 3,3-di(4-methoxyphenyl)-6-methoxy-7-(3-(2- methacryloxyethyl)carbamyloxy methylenepiperidin-1 -yl)- 13,13-dimethyl-3H,13H-indeno[2',3':3,4]naphtho[l,2- b]pyran; (ii) 3 -phenyl-3 -(4-morpholinophenyl)-6-methoxy-7-(3 -(2- methacryloxyethyl) carbamyloxymethylenepiperidin-1 -yl)- 13,13-dimethyl-3H,13H-indeno[2',3':3,4]naphtho[l,2- b]pyran; (iii) 3-phenyl-3-(4-(4-phenylpiperazino)phenyl)-6-methoxy-7-(4- (2-methacryloxyethyl)carbamyloxypiperidin-1 -yl)-13,13- dimethyl-3H,13H-indeno[2',3':3,4]naphtho[1,2-b]pyran; (iv) 3-(4-fluorophenyl)-3-(4-methoxyphenyl)-6-methoxy-7-(4-(2- methacryloxyethyl) carbamyloxypiperidin-1 -yl)-13,13- dimethyl-3H,13H-indeno[2',3':3,4]naphtho [1,2-b]pyran; (v) 3-(4-fluorophenyl)-3-(4-morpholinophenyl)-6-methoxy-7-(4- (2-methacryloxyethyl)carbamyloxypiperidin-1-yl)-13,13 - dimethyl-3H,13H-indeno[2',3':3,4]naphtho[l,2-b]pyran; (vi) 3-phenyl-3-(4-morpholinophenyl)-6-methoxy-7-(4-(2- methacryloxyethyl) carbamyloxypiperidin-1 -yl)-13,13- dimethyl-3H,13H-indeno[2',3':3,4]naphtho [1,2-b]pyran; (vii) 3-phenyl-3-(4-morpholinophenyl)-6-methoxy-7-(4-(2- methacryloxyethyl) carbamylpiperazin-1 -yl)-13,13-dimethyl- 3H,13H-indeno[2',3':3,4]naphtho[l,2-b]pyran; (viii) 3-phenyl-3-(4-(2-(2- methacryloxyethyl)carbamyloxyethoxy)phenyl)-6-methoxy-7- VTN5080 VTN5080 -43- piperidino-13,13-dimethyl-3H, 13H- indeno[2',3':3,4]naphtho[l,2-b]pyran; (ix) 3-phenyl-3-(4-methoxyphenyl)-6-methoxy-7-(4-(2- methacryloxyethyl) carbamylpiperazin-1 -yl)-13,13 -dimethyl- 3H,13H-indeno[2',3':3,4]naphtho[l,2-b]pyran; (x) 3-phenyl-3-(4-(2-(2- methacryloxyethyl)carbamyloxyethoxy)phenyl)-6,7- dimethoxy-13,13-dimethyl-3H, 13H- indeno[2',3':3,4]naphtho[l,2-b]pyran; (xi) 3-phenyl-3-(4-(4-(2-methacryloxyethyl)carbamylpiperazin-1 - yl)phenyl)-6,11 -dimethoxy-13,13-dimethyl-3H, 13H- indeno[2',3':3,4]naphtho[l,2-b]pyran; (xii) 3-phenyl-3-(4-(2-methacryloxyethyl)carbamyloxyphenyl)- 6,7-dimethoxy-13,13-dimethyl-3H, 13H- indeno[2',3':3,4]naphtho[l,2-b]pyran; (xiii) 3-phenyl-3-(4-morpholinophenyl)-6-methoxy-7-(3-(2-(2-(2- (2-(2-(2-(2- methacryloxyethoxy)ethoxy)ethoxy)ethoxy)ethoxy)ethoxy)ca rbonylethyl) carboxymethylenepiperidin-1 -yl)-13,13- dimethyl-3H,13H-indeno[2',3':3,4]naphtho[l,2-b]pyran; (xiv) 3-phenyl-3-(4-methoxyphenyl)-6-methoxy-7-(3-(2-(2-(2-(2- (2-(2-(2- methacryloxyethoxy)ethoxy)ethoxy)ethoxy)ethoxy)ethoxy)ca rbonylethyl) carboxymethylenepiperidin-1 -yl)-13,13- dimethyl-3H,13H-indeno[2',3':3,4]naphtho[l,2-b]pyran; (xv) 3-phenyl-3-(4-morpholinophenyl)-6-methoxy-7-(4-(2-(2-(2- (2-(2-(2-(2- methacryloxyethoxy)ethoxy)ethoxy)ethoxy)ethoxy)ethoxy)ca -44- rbonylethyl) carboxypiperidin-1-yl)-13,13-dimethyl-3H, 13H- indeno [2' ,3': 3,4] naphtho [ 1,2-b]pyran; (xvi) 3-phenyl-3-(4-methoxyphenyl)-6-methoxy-7-(4-(2-(2-(2-(2- (2-(2-(2- methacryloxyethoxy)ethoxy)ethoxy)ethoxy)ethoxy)ethoxy)ca rbonylethyl) carboxypiperidin-1 -yl)-13,13-dimethyl-3H, 13H- indeno[2',3':3,4]naphtho[l,2-b]pyran; (xvii) 3-phenyl-3-(4-(2-(2-(2-(2-(2-(2-(2-(2- methacryloxyethoxy)ethoxy)ethoxy)ethoxy) ethoxy)ethoxy)carbonylethyl)carboxyethoxy)phenyl)-6- methoxy-7-morpholino-13,13-dimethyl-3H, 13H- indeno[2',3':3,4]naphtho[l,2-b]pyran; (xviii) 3-phenyl-3-(4-(4-(2-(2- methacryloxyethyl)carbamyloxyethyl)piperazin-1 -yl)phenyl)- 13,13-dimethyl-3H,13H-indeno[2',3':3,4]naphtho[l,2- bjpyran; and mixtures thereof. [073] Non-limiting methods of synthesizing the reactive substituent R on the photochromic napthopyran according to various non-limiting embodiments of the photochromic materials comprising a reactive substituent disclosed herein will now be discussed with reference to the reaction schemes presented in Figures 1 and 2. Figure 1 depicts various non-limiting methods of synthesizing a reactive substituent R at the 7 position of an indeno[2',3':3,4] naphtho[l,2-b]pyran. Figure 2 depicts one non-limiting method of synthesizing a reactive substituent R on a B group of an indeno[2',3':3,4]naphtho[l,2-b]pyran. One skilled in the art will appreciate that there may be multiple ways to synthesize the reactive substituent on the photochromic naphthopyran, therefore it will be appreciated that these reaction schemes are presented for illustration purposes only and are not intended to be limiting herein. VTN5080 -45- [074] Referring now to Figure 1, 2,3-dimethoxy-7,7-dimethyl-7H- benzo[C]fluoren-5-ol 5 may be reacted with a substituted 2-propyn-1-ol to form indeno[2',3':3,4] naphtho[l,2-b]pyran 6. Non-limiting methods of synthesizing 7H- benzo[C]fluoren-5-ols, suitable for use in the synthesis of various non-limiting embodiments disclosed herein, are described in U.S. Patent No. 6,296,785 at col. 11, lines 6 to col. 28, line 35, the disclosure of which is incorporated herein by reference. Non-limiting methods of synthesizing substituted 2-propyn-1-ols, suitable for use in the synthesis of various non-limiting embodiments disclosed herein, are described in U.S. Patent Nos. 5,458,814, col. 4, line 11 to col. 5, line 9, and at step 1 of Examples 1,4-6, 11,12, and 13, and 5,645,767 at col. 5, line 12 to col. 6, line 30, the disclosures of which are incorporated herein by reference. Indeno-fused naphthopyran 6 may then be reacted with a diamine or amino alcohol. For example, 6 may be reacted with a diamine, such as piperazine to afford the 6- methoxy-7-(piperizin-1 -yl)-13,13-dimethyl-3H, 13H-indeno[2' ,3':3,4] naphtho[ 1,2- b]pyran 7. The piperazine moiety of 7 may be condensed with 2-iscyanatoethyl methacrylate to afford photochromic naphthopyran 8 having an R substituent comprising -D-J, as defined herein above, where -D- is a diamine residue. Alternatively, indeno-fused naphthopyran 6 may be reacted with an amino alcohol, such as 3-piperidinomethanol to afford the 6-methoxy-7-(3- hydroxymethylenepiperidin-1-yl)-13,13-dimethyl-3H,13H-indeno[2',3':3,4] naphtho[l,2-b]pyran 9. The hydroxy moiety of 9 may be condensed with 2- iscyanatoethyl methacrylate to afford photochromic naphthopyran 10 having an R substituent comprising -D-J, as defined herein above, where -D- is an amino alcohol residue. [075] Referring still to Figure 1, the hydroxy moiety of 9 may alternatively be reacted with a cyclic anhydride, such as succinic anhydride to afford the 6-methoxy- 7-(3-(2-hydroxycarbonylethylcarboxymethylenepiperidin-1 -yl)-13,13-dimethyl - 3H,13H-indeno[2',3':3,4] naphtho[l,2-b]pyran 11. The carboxylic acid of 11 may be esterified with polyethyleneglycol methacrylate of afford photochromic VTN5080 -46- naphthopyran 12 having an R substituent comprising -D-E-G-J, as defined herein above. [076] Referring now to Figure 2, 7,7-dimethyl-7H-benzo[C]fluoren-5-ol (13) may be reacted with l-phenyl-1-(4-(4-(2-hydroxyethyl)piperizin-1-yl)phenyl-2-propyn-1- ol, to form indeno[2',3':3,4]naphtho[l,2-b]pyran 14. The hydroxy moiety of 14 may be condensed with 2-iscyanatoethyl methacrylate to afford photochromic naphthopyran 15 having an R substituent on the B group, wherein the reactive substituent R comprises -D-J, as defined herein above, where -D- is an amino alcohol residue. [077] The photochromic materials of the present disclosure, for example photochromic materials comprising a photochromic naphthopyran and a reactive substituent bonded to the photochromic naphthopyran, wherein the reactive substituent has the structure as set forth herein, may be used in ophthalmic devices. [078] In certain non-limiting embodiments, the photochromic materials of the present disclosure may be used in soft contact lenses, hard contact lenses, intraocular lenses, overlay lenses, ocular inserts, and optical inserts. [079] The photochromic materials according to various non-limiting embodiments disclosed herein may be incorporated into an organic material, such as a polymeric, oligomeric, or monomeric material, which may be used, for example and without limitation, to form ophthalmic devices. As used herein the term "incorporated into" means physically and/or chemically combined with. Thus, the ophthalmic devices according to various non-limiting embodiments disclosed herein may be formed from photochromic materials physically and/or chemically combined with at least a portion of an organic material. As used herein the terms "polymer" and "polymeric material" refers to homopolymers and copolymers (e.g., random copolymers, block copolymers, and alternating copolymers), as well as blends and other combinations thereof. Further, it is contemplated that the photochromic materials according to various non-limiting embodiments disclosed herein may each be used alone, in combination with other photochromic materials according to various non-limiting VTN5080 -47- embodiments disclosed herein, or in combination with other appropriate complementary conventional photochromic materials. For example, the photochromic materials according to various non-limiting embodiments disclosed herein may be used in conjunction with other complementary conventional photochromic materials having an activated absorption maxima within the range of 300 to 1000 nanometers. The complementary conventional photochromic materials may include other polymerizable or compatabilized photochromic materials. [080] The present disclosure also contemplates ophthalmic devices formed from photochromic compositions comprising a polymeric material and a photochromic material according to the various non-limiting embodiments discussed herein. As used herein, the term "photochromic composition" refers to a photochromic material in combination with another material, which may or may not be a photochromic material. In certain non-limiting examples of the photochromic compositions according to various non-limiting embodiments of the present disclosure, the photochromic material is incorporated into at least a portion of the polymeric material. For example, and without limitation, the photochromic materials disclosed herein may be incorporated into a portion of the polymeric material, such as by bonding to a portion of the polymeric material, for example by co-polymerizing the photochromic material with a portion of the polymeric material; or blending with the polymeric material. As used herein, the term "blended" or "blending" mean that the photochromic material is intermixed or intermingled with at least a portion of an organic material, such as the polymeric material, but not bonded to the organic material. As used herein, the terms "bonded" or "bonding" mean that the photochromic material is linked to a portion of an organic material, such as the polymeric material, or a precursor thereof. For example, in certain non-limiting embodiments, the photochromic material may be bonded to a portion of an organic material through a reactive substituent (such, but not limited to, those reactive substituents discussed above). VTN5080 -48- [081] According to one non-limiting embodiment, the photochromic material may be incorporated into at least a portion of the polymeric material or at least a portion of the monomeric material or oligomeric material from which the ophthalmic device is formed. For example, photochromic materials according to various non-limiting embodiments disclosed herein that have a reactive substituent may be bonded to an organic material such as a monomer, oligomer, or polymer having a group with which a reactive moiety may be reacted, or the reactive moiety can be reacted as a co-monomer in the polymerization reaction from which the organic material is formed, for example, in a co-polymerization process. As used, herein, the term "co- polymerized with" means that the photochromic material is linked to a portion of the polymeric material by reacting as a co-monomer in the polymerization reaction of the host monomers that result in the polymeric material. For example, photochromic materials according to various non-limiting embodiments herein have a reactive substituent that comprises a polymerizable moiety that may react as a co-monomer during the polymerization of the host monomers. [082] Polymeric materials suitable for the various non-limiting embodiments of the present disclosure include those suitable for the production of ophthalmic devices. [083] Further, according to various non-limiting embodiments at least a portion of the ophthalmic device is transparent. For example, according to various non- limiting embodiments, the ophthalmic device may be formed from an optically clear polymeric material. According to one specific non-limiting embodiment, the polymeric material is formed from a mixture comprising polymerizable and optionally non-polymerizable ophthalmic device forming components which are known in the art to be useful for forming ophthalmic devices, such as contact lenses. More specifically, suitable components include polymerizable monomers, prepolymers and macromers, wetting agents, UV absorbing compounds, compatibilizing components, colorants and tints, mold release agents, processing aids, mixtures thereof and the like. VTN5080 -49- [084] According to one specific non-limiting embodiment, the ophthalmic device forming components preferably form a hydrogel upon polymerization and hydration. A hydrogel is a hydrated, crosslinked polymeric system that contains water in an equilibrium state. Hydrogels typically are oxygen permeable and biocompatible, making them preferred materials for producing ophthalmic devices and in particular contact and intraocular lenses. [085] Ophthalmic device forming components are known in the art and include polymerizable monomers, prepolymers and macromers which contain polymerizable group(s) and performance groups which provide the resulting polymeric material with desirable properties. Suitable performance groups include but are not limited to hydrophilic groups, oxygen permeability enhancing groups, UV or visible light absorbing groups, combinations thereof and the like. [086] The term "monomer" used herein refers to low molecular weight compounds (i.e. typically having number average molecular weights less than about 700). Prepolymers are medium to high molecular weight compounds or polymers (having repeating structural units and a number average molecular weight greater than about 700) containing functional groups capable of further polymerization. Macromers are uncrosslinked polymers which are capable of cross-linking or further polymerization. [087] One suitable class of ophthalmic device forming components includes hydrophilic components, which are capable of providing at least about 20% and preferably at least about 25% water content to the resulting lens when combined with the remaining components. The hydrophilic components that may be used to make the polymers of this invention are monomers having at least one polymerizable double bond and at least one hydrophilic functional group. Examples of polymerizable double bonds include acrylic, methacrylic, acrylamido, methacrylamido, fumaric, maleic, styryl, isopropenylphenyl, O-vinylcarbonate, O- vinylcarbamate, allylic, O-vinylacetyl and N-vinyllactam and N-vinylamido double bonds. Non-limiting examples of hydrophilic monomers having acrylic and VTN5080 -50- methacrylic polymerizable double bonds include N,N-dimethylacrylamide (DMA), 2-hydroxyethyl acrylate, 2-hydroxyethyl methacrylate, glycerol methacrylate, 2- hydroxyethyl methacrylamide, polyethyleneglycol monomethacrylate, methacrylic acid, acrylic acid and mixtures thereof. [088] Non-limiting examples of hydrophilic monomers having N-vinyl lactam and N-vinylamide polymerizable double bonds include N-vinyl pyrrolidone (NVP), N- vinyl-N-methyl acetamide, N-vinyl-N-ethyl acetamide, N-vinyl-N-ethyl formamide, N-vinyl formamide, N-2-hydroxyethyl vinyl carbamate, N-carboxy-B-alanine N- vinyl ester, with NVP and N-vinyl-N-methyl acetamide being preferred. Polymers formed from these monomers may also be included. [089] Other hydrophilic monomers that can be employed in the invention include polyoxyethylene polyols having one or more of the terminal hydroxyl groups replaced with a functional group containing a polymerizable double bond. [090] Still further examples are the hydrophilic vinyl carbonate or vinyl carbamate monomers disclosed in U.S. Pat. No.5,070,215, and the hydrophilic oxazolone monomers disclosed in U.S. Pat. No. 4,190,277. Other suitable hydrophilic monomers will be apparent to one skilled in the art. [091] Preferred hydrophilic monomers which may be incorporated into the polymerizable mixture of the present invention include hydrophilic monomers such as N,N-dimethyl acrylamide (DMA), 2-hydroxyethyl acrylate, 2-hydroxyethyl methacrylate (HEMA), glycerol methacrylate, 2-hydroxyethyl methacrylamide, N- vinylpyrrolidone (NVP), N-vinyl-N-methyl acetamide, polyethyleneglycol monomethacrylate and mixtures thereof. [092] Most preferred hydrophilic monomers include HEMA, DMA, NVP, N-vinyl- N-methyl acetamide and mixtures thereof. [093] The above references hydrophilic monomers are suitable for the production of conventional contact lenses such as those made from to etafilcon, polymacon, vifilcon, genfilcon A and lenefilcon A and the like. For a conventional contact lens the amount of hydrophilic monomer incorporated into the polymerizable mixture is VTN5080 -51- at least about 70 weight % and preferably at least about 80 weight %, based upon the weight of all the components in the polymerizable mixture. [094] In another non-limiting embodiment, suitable contact lenses may be made from polymeric materials having increased permeability to oxygen, such as galyfilcon A, senofilcon A, balafilcon, lotrafilcon A and B and the like. The polymerization mixtures used to form these and other materials having increased permeability to oxygen, generally include one or more of the hydrophilic monomers listed above, with at least one silicone containing component. [095] A silicone-containing component is one that contains at least one [—Si— O—Si] group, in a monomer, macromer or prepolymer. Preferably, the Si and attached O are present in the silicone-containing component in an amount greater than 20 weight percent, and more preferably greater than 30 weight percent of the total molecular weight of the silicone-containing component. Useful silicone- containing components preferably comprise polymerizable functional groups such as acrylate, methacrylate, acrylamide, methacrylamide, N-vinyl lactam, N-vinylamide, and styryl functional groups. Examples of silicone-containing components which are useful in this invention may be found in U.S. Pat. Nos. 3,808,178; 4,120,570; 4,136,250; 4,153,641; 4,740,533; 5,034,461 and 5,070,215, and EP080539. All of the patents cited herein are hereby incorporated in their entireties by reference. These references disclose many examples of olefinic silicone-containing components. [096] Further examples of suitable silicone-containing monomers are polysiloxanylalkyl(meth)acrylic monomers represented by the following formula: Formula VI VTN5080 -52- wherein: R30 denotes H or lower alkyl; X denotes O or NR34; each R34 independently denotes hydrogen or methyl, each R31-R33 independently denotes a lower alkyl radical or a phenyl radical, and n is 1 or 3 to 10. [097] Examples of these polysiloxanylalkyl (meth)acrylic monomers include methacryloxypropyl tris(trimethylsiloxy) silane, methacryloxymethylpentamethyldisiloxane, methacryloxypropylpentamethyldisiloxane, methyldi(trimethylsiloxy)methacryloxypropyl silane, and methyldi(trimethylsiloxy)methacryloxymethyl silane. Methacryloxypropyl tris(trimethylsiloxy)silane is the most preferred. [098] One preferred class of silicone-containing components is a poly(organosiloxane) prepolymer represented by Formula VII: Formula VII wherein each A independently denotes an activated unsaturated group, such as an ester or amide of an acrylic or a methacrylic acid or an alkyl or aryl group (providing that at least one A comprises an activated unsaturated group capable of undergoing radical polymerization); each of R35, R36, R37 and R38 are independently selected from the group consisting of a monovalent hydrocarbon radical or a halogen substituted monovalent hydrocarbon radical having 1 to 18 carbon atoms which may have ether linkages between carbon atoms; R39 denotes a divalent hydrocarbon radical having from 1 to 22 carbon atoms, and VTN5080 -53- m is 0 or an integer greater than or equal to 1, and preferably 5 to 400, and more preferably 10 to 300. One specific example is α, ω-bismethacryloxypropyl poly-dimethylsiloxane. Another preferred example is mPDMS (monomethacryloxypropyl terminated mono-n-butyl terminated polydimethylsiloxane). [099] Another useful class of silicone containing components includes silicone- containing vinyl carbonate or vinyl carbamate monomers of the following formula: Formula VIII wherein: Y denotes O, S, or NH; RSl denotes a silicone-containing organic radical; R40 denotes hydrogen or methyl; d is 1, 2, 3 or 4; and q is 0 or 1. Suitable silicone- containing organic radicals RSl include the following: -(CH2)q'Si[(CH2)sCH3]3 -(CH2VSi[OSi(CH2)sCH3]3 wherein: Q denotes -54- wherein p is 1 to 6; R41 denotes an alkyl radical or a fluoroalkyl radical having 1 to 6 carbon atoms; e is 1 to 200; q' is 1, 2, 3 or 4; and s is 0, 1, 2, 3, 4 or 5. [100] The silicone-containing vinyl carbonate or vinyl carbamate monomers specifically include: 1,3-bis[4-(vinyloxycarbonyloxy)but-1-yl]tetramethyl- disiloxane; 3-(vinyloxycarbonylthio) propyl-[tris (trimethylsiloxy)silane]; 3- [tris(trimethylsiloxy)silyl] propyl allyl carbamate; 3-[tris(trimethylsiloxy)silyl] propyl vinyl carbamate; trimethylsilylethyl vinyl carbonate; trimethylsilylmethyl vinyl carbonate, and [101] The above description of silicone containing components is not an exhaustive list. Any other silicone components known in the art may be used. Further examples include, but are not limited to macromers made using group transfer polymerization, such as those disclosed in 6,367,929, polysiloxane containing polyurethane compounds such as those disclosed in US 6,858,218, polysiloxane containing macromers, such as those described as Materials A-D in US 5,760,100; macromers containing polysiloxane, polyalkylene ether, diisocyanate, polyfluorinated hydrocarbon, polyfluorinated ether and polysaccharide groups, such as those described is WO 96/31792; polysiloxanes with a polar fluorinated graft or side group(s) having a hydrogen atom attached to a terminal difluoro-substituted carbon atom, such as those described in U.S. Pat. Nos. 5,321,108; 5,387,662 and 5,539,016; hydrophilic siloxanyl methacrylate monomers and polysiloxane- dimethacrylate macromers such as those described in US 2004/0192872; combinations thereof and the like. VTN5080 -55- [102] The polymerizable mixture may contain additional components such as, but not limited to, wetting agents, such as those disclosed in US 6,822,016, US Serial No. 11/057,363 (VTN 5045), US Serial No. 10/954,560, US Serial No. 10/954,559 and US Serial No. 955,214; compatibilizing components, such as those disclosed inUS 6,822,016 and WO03/022322; UV absorbers, medicinal agents, antimicrobial compounds, reactive tints, pigments, copolymerizable and nonpolymerizable dyes, release agents and combinations thereof. [103] Also contemplated are copolymers of the aforementioned monomers, combinations, and blends of the aforementioned polymers and copolymers with other polymers, e.g., to form interpenetrating network products. [104] The polymerizable mixture may optionally further comprise a diluent. Suitable diluents for polymerizable mixtures are well known in the art. Non-limiting examples for polymerizable mixtures for hydrophilic soft contact lenses include organic solvents or water or mixtures hereof. Preferred organic solvents include alcohols, diols, triols, polyols and polyalkylene glycols. Examples include but are not limited to glycerin, diols such as ethylene glycol or diethylene glycol; boris acid esters of polyols such as those described in US Patents 4,680,336; 4,889,664 and 5,039,459; polyvinylpyrrolidone; ethoxylated alkyl glucoside; ethoxylated bisphenol A; polyethylene glycol; mixtures of propoxylated and ethoxylated alkyl glucoside; single phase mixture of ethoxylated or propoxylated alkyl glucoside and C2-12 dihydric alcohol; adducts of s-caprolactone and C2-6 alkanediols and triols; ethoxylated C3-6 alkanetriol; and mixtures of these as described in US Patents 5,457,140; 5,490,059, 5,490,960; 5,498,379; 5,594,043; 5,684,058; 5,736,409; 5,910,519. Diluents can also be selected from the group having a combination of a defined viscosity and Hanson cohesion parameter as described in US Patent 4,680,336. [105] Non-limiting examples of diluents suitable for polymerizable mixtures for silicone hydrogel soft contact lenses include alcohols such as those disclosed in US 6,020,445 and US Serial No. 10/794,399 for silicone hydrogel soft contact lenses. VTN5080 -56- The disclosure of these and all other references cited within this application are hereby incorporated by reference. Many other suitable examples are known to those of skill in the art and are included within the scope of this invention. [106] Hard contact lenses are made from polymers that include but are not limited to polymers of poly(methyl)methacrylate, silicon acrylates, fluoroacrylates, fluoroethers, polyacetylenes, and polyimides, where the preparation of representative examples may be found in US Patents 4,540,761; 4,508,884; 4,433,125 and 4,330,383. Intraocular lenses of the invention can be formed using known materials. For example, the lenses may be made from a rigid material including, without limitation, polymethyl methacrylate, polystyrene, polycarbonate, or the like, and combinations thereof. Additionally, flexible materials may be used including, without limitation, hydrogels, silicone materials, acrylic materials, fluorocarbon materials and the like, or combinations thereof. Typical intraocular lenses are described in WO 0026698, WO 00224.60, WO 9929750, WO 9927978, WO 0022459. Other ophthalmic devices, such as punctal plugs may be made from collagen and silicone elastomers. [107] Various non-limiting embodiments disclosed herein provide photochromic ophthalmic devices comprising a photochromic material according to any of the non-limiting embodiments discussed above connected to a portion of the ophthalmic device. As used herein, the term "connected to" means associated with, either directly or indirectly through another material or structure. [108] For example and without limitation, the photochromic materials disclosed herein may be connected to at least a portion of the ophthalmic device, such as by bonding the photochromic materials to at least a portion of the material from which the ophthalmic device is made, for example by co-polymerizing or otherwise bonding the photochromic materials with the ophthalmic device material; blending the photochromic materials with the ophthalmic device material; or coating the photochromic materials on at least a portion of a surface of the ophthalmic device. VTN5080 -57- Alternatively, the photochromic material may be connected to at least a portion of the ophthalmic device such as through an intermediate coating, film or layer. [109] According to various non-limiting embodiments disclosed herein, the photochromic material may be connected to at least a portion of the ophthalmic device by incorporating the photochromic material into at least a portion of the polymeric material of the ophthalmic device, or at least a portion of the oligomeric or monomeric material from which the ophthalmic device is formed. For example, according to one non-limiting embodiment, the photochromic material may be incorporated into the polymeric material of the ophthalmic device by the cast-in- place method. Additionally or alternatively, the photochromic material may be connected with at least a portion of the polymeric material of the ophthalmic device by imbibition. Imbibition and the cast-in-place method are discussed below. [110] For example, according to one non-limiting embodiment, the ophthalmic device comprises a polymeric material and a photochromic material is bonded to at least a portion of the polymeric material. According to another non-limiting embodiment, the ophthalmic device comprises a polymeric material and a photochromic material is blended with at least a portion of the polymeric material. According to another non-limiting embodiment, the ophthalmic device comprises a polymeric material and a photochromic material is co-polymerized with at least a portion of the polymeric material. Non-limiting examples of polymeric materials that are useful in forming the substrates according to various non-limiting embodiments disclosed herein are set forth above in detail. [Ill] According to other non-limiting embodiments, the photochromic material may be connected to at least a portion of the ophthalmic device of the photochromic article as part of an at least partial coating that is connected to at least a portion of the ophthalmic device. Further, the photochromic material may be incorporated into at least a portion of the coating composition prior to application of the coating composition to the ophthalmic device, or alternatively, a coating composition may be applied to the substrate, at least partially set, and thereafter the photochromic VTN5080 -58- material may be imbibed into at least a portion of the coating. As used herein, the terms "set" and "setting" include, without limitation, curing, polymerizing, cross- linking, cooling, and drying. [112] For example, in one non-limiting embodiment of the present disclosure, the ophthalmic device may comprise an at least partial coating of a polymeric material connected to at least a portion of a surface thereof. According to this non-limiting embodiment, the photochromic material may be blended with at least a portion of the polymeric material of the at least partial coating, or the photochromic material may be bonded to at least a portion of the polymeric material of the at least partial coating. ,According to one specific no-limiting embodiment, the photochromic material may be co-polymerized with at least a portion of the polymeric material of the at least partial coating. [113] The at least partial coating comprising a photochromic material may be directly connected to the ophthalmic device, for example, by directly applying a coating composition comprising a photochromic material to at least a portion of a surface of the ophthalmic device, and at least partially setting the coating composition. Additionally or alternatively, the at least partial coating comprising a photochromic material may be connected to the ophthalmic device, for example, through one or more additional coatings. For example, while not limiting herein, according to various non-limiting embodiments, an additional coating composition may be applied to at least a portion of the surface of the ophthalmic device, at least partially set, and thereafter the coating composition comprising a photochromic material may be applied over the additional coating and at least partially set. [114] Non-limiting examples of additional coatings and films that may be used in conjunction with the ophthalmic device disclosed herein include conventional photochromic coating and films; ophthalmically compatible coatings including clear coats, hydrophilic coatings, combinations thereof; and the like. VTN5080 -59- [115] Non-limiting examples of conventional photochromic coatings and films include, but are not limited to, coatings and films comprising conventional photochromic materials. [116] The present disclosure also contemplates various methods of making ophthalmic devices comprising connecting a photochromic material, according to the various non-limiting embodiments disclosed herein, to at least a portion of an ophthalmic device. For example, in one non-limiting embodiment, connecting the photochromic material to at least a portion of the ophthalmic device may comprise blending the photochromic material with at least a portion of the polymeric material used to form the ophthalmic device. In another non-limiting embodiment, connecting the photochromic material to at least a portion of the ophthalmic device may comprise bonding the photochromic material to at least a portion of the polymeric material of the ophthalmic device. For example in one non-limiting embodiment, connecting the photochromic material to at least a portion of the ophthalmic device may comprise co-polymerizing the photochromic material with at least a portion of the polymeric material used to form the ophthalmic device. Non- limiting methods of connecting photochromic materials to a polymeric material include, for example, mixing the photochromic material into a solution or melt of a polymeric, oligomeric, or monomeric material, and subsequently at least partially setting the polymeric, oligomeric, or monomeric material. It will be appreciated by those skilled in the art that, according to this non-limiting embodiment, in the resultant photochromic composition, the photochromic materials may be blended with the polymeric material (i.e., intermixed with but not bonded to) or bonded to the polymeric material. For example, if the photochromic material contains a polymerizable group that is compatible with the polymeric, oligomeric, or monomer material, during setting of the organic material the photochromic material can be reacted with at least a portion thereof to bond the photochromic material thereto. [117] In another non-limiting embodiment, connecting the photochromic material to at least a portion of the ophthalmic device may comprise imbibing the VTN5080 -60- photochromic material with at least a portion of the polymeric material of the ophthalmic device. According to this non-limiting embodiment, the photochromic material may be caused to diffuse into the polymeric material, for example, by immersing an ophthalmic device comprising a polymeric material in a solution containing the photochromic material, with or with out heating. In another non- limiting embodiment, the connecting the photochromic material to at least a portion of the ophthalmic device may comprise a combination of two or more of blending, bonding (for example co-polymerizing), and imbibing the photochromic material to/with at least a portion of the polymeric material of the ophthalmic device. [118] According to one non-limiting embodiment of the methods, wherein the substrate comprises a polymeric material, incorporating the photochromic material with at least a portion of a substrate comprises a cast-in-place method. According to this non-limiting embodiment, the photochromic material may be mixed with a polymeric solution or melt, or other oligomeric and/or monomeric solution or mixture, which is subsequently cast into a molding having a desired shape and at least partially set to form the ophthalmic device. Further, although not required according to this non-limiting embodiment, a photochromic material can be bonded to the polymeric material. [119] According to another non-limiting embodiment of the methods, wherein the ophthalmic device comprises a polymeric material, connecting the photochromic material to at least a portion of an ophthalmic device comprises in-mold casting. According to this non-limiting embodiment, a coating composition comprising the photochromic material, which may be a liquid coating composition, is applied to the surface of a mold and at least partially set. Thereafter, a polymer solution or melt, or oligomer or monomeric solution or mixture is cast over the coating and at least partially set. After setting, the ophthalmic device with the coating is removed from the mold. [120] According to still another non-limiting embodiment of the methods, connecting the photochromic material to at least a portion of a ophthalmic device VTN5080 -61- comprises applying an at least partial coating comprising the photochromic material to at least a portion of the ophthalmic device. Non-limiting examples of suitable coating methods include dip coating, spin coating, spray coating (e.g., using a liquid coating), curtain coating, roll coating, spin and spray coating, over-molding, and the like. For example, according to one non-limiting embodiment, the photochromic material may be connected to the ophthalmic device by over-molding. According to this non-limiting embodiment, a coating composition comprising the photochromic material (which may be a liquid coating composition as previously discussed) is applied to a mold and the ophthalmic device is then placed into the mold such that the ophthalmic device contacts the coating causing it to spread over at least a portion of the surface of the ophthalmic device. Thereafter, the coating composition is at least partially set and the coated ophthalmic device is removed from the mold. Alternatively, over-molding may be done by placing the ophthalmic device into a mold such that an open region is defined between the ophthalmic device and the mold, and thereafter injecting a coating composition comprising the photochromic material into the open region. Thereafter, the coating composition can be at least partially set and the coated ophthalmic device is removed from the mold. [121] Further, it will be appreciated by those skilled in the art that the photochromic compositions, photochromic ophthalmic devices, and photochromic coating compositions according to various non-limiting embodiments disclosed herein may further comprise other additives that aid in the processing and/or performance of the composition. For example, and without limitation, such additives may include complementary photochromic materials, photoinitiators, thermal initiators, polymerization inhibitors, solvents, light stabilizers (such as, but not limited to, ultraviolet light absorbers and light stabilizers, such as hindered amine light stabilizers (HALS)), heat stabilizers, mold release agents, rheology control agents, leveling agents (such as, but not limited to, surfactants), free radical scavengers, or adhesion promoters (such as hexanediol diacrylate and coupling agents). VTN5080 -62- [122] Each of the photochromic materials described herein may be used in amounts (or in a ratio) such that a ophthalmic device or a polymeric material to which the photochromic material is associated, i.e., blended, co-polymerized, or otherwise bonded, coated and/or imbibed, exhibits a desired resultant color, e.g., substantially clear and colorless when the photochromic material is in the closed form and substantially colored when activated by actinic radiation and the photochromic material is in the open form. [123] The amount of the photochromic naphthopyrans of the present disclosure to be connected to or incorporated into a coating composition, polymeric material, ophthalmic device, and/or photochromic composition, is not critical provided that a sufficient amount is used to produce the desired optical effect. Generally, such amount may be described as a "photochromic amount". The particular amount of photochromic material used may depend on a variety of factors such as, the absorption characteristics of the photochromic material used, the intensity of color desired upon irradiation thereof, and the method used to incorporate or apply the photochromic material. [124] The relative amounts of the aforesaid photochromic materials used in the various methods of the non-limiting embodiments of the present disclosure will vary and depend, in part, upon the relative intensities of the color of the activated species of such materials, the ultimate color desired, the molar absorption coefficient (of "extinction coefficient") for actinic radiation, and the method of application to the polymeric material or substrate. Generally, the amount of total photochromic material incorporated into or connected to a polymeric material or ophthalmic device may range from about 0.05 to about 5.0 milligrams per square centimeter of the surface to which the photochromic material is incorporated into or connected to. The amount of photochromic material incorporated into or connected to a coating composition may range from 0.1 to 40 weight percent based on the weight of the liquid coating composition. The amount of photochromic material incorporated into, i.e., blended with, co-polymerized with, or bonded to, a host polymer VTN5080 -63- photochromic composition or photochromic ophthalmic device, such as by a in cast- in-place type method, may range from 0.01 to 40 weight percent based on the weight of the polymeric composition or photochromic ophthalmic device. EXAMPLES [125] The following examples illustrate various non-limiting embodiments of the compositions and methods within the present disclosure and are not restrictive of the invention as otherwise described herein. Example 1: Stepl [126] 2,3-Dimethoxy-7,7-dimethyl-7H-benzo[C]fluoren-5-ol (10g ), 1-phenyl-1- (4-morpholinophenyl)-2-propyn-1-ol (13 g), dodecyl benzenesulfonic acid (10 drops), and chloroform (400 mL) were combined in a reaction flask. The reaction mixture was heated at reflux for 3 hours and concentrated. Acetone was added to the residue, and the slurry was filtered, yielding 18 g of off-white solid. Step 2 [127] 3-Phenyl-3-(4-morpholinophenyl)-6,7-dimethoxy-13,13-dimethyl-3H,13H- indeno[2',3':3,4]naphtho[l,2-b]pyran from Step 1 (20 g), 3-piperidinomethanol (7.6 g), and tetrahydrofuran (250 mL) were combined in a dry reaction flask cooled with ice bath under nitrogen atmosphere. Butyl lithium in hexane (2.5 M, 50 mL) was added to the reaction mixture dropwise under stirring. The cooling bath was removed after the addition and the flask was warmed to room temperature. The dark solution was poured into ice water (400 mL) and the mixture was extracted with ethyl acetate (twice with 400 mL). The organic layer was washed with saturated sodium chloride aqueous solution (200 mL), dried over sodium sulfate and concentrated. The residue was purified by silica gel chromatography (ethyl acetate/hexanes (v/v): 1/1.5). The product was obtained as an expanded brown-tinted foam (17 g). Step 3 VTN5080 -64- [128] 3 -Phenyl-3 -(4-morpholinophenyl)-6-methoxy-7-(3 - hydroxymethylenepiperidin-1 -yl)-13,13-dimethyl-3H, 13H- indeno[2',3':3,4]naphtho[l,2-b]pyran from Step 2 from Step 1 (9 g), 2- isocyanatoethyl methacrylate (3 mL), dibutyltin laureate (5 drops) and ethyl acetate (200 mL) were combined in a reaction flask with a condenser open to air. The mixture was heated at reflux for 30 minutes. Methanol (15 mL) was added to the mixture to quench excess 2-isocyanatoethyl methacrylate. The reaction mixture was concentrated and the residue was purified by silica gel chromatography (ethyl acetate/hexanes (v/v): 1/1). The product was obtained as an expanded purple-tinted foam (11 g). Nuclear magnetic resonance spectroscopy ("NMR") supports the structure of 3-phenyl-3-(4-moipholinophenyl)-6-methoxy-7-(3-(2- methacryloxyethyl)carbamyloxymethylene piperidin-1 -yl)-13,13-dimethyl-3H, 13H- indeno[2',3':3,4]naphtho[l,2-b]pyran. Example 2: Step 1 [129] The procedure of Step 2 of Example 1 was followed except that 4- hydroxypiperidine was used in place of 3-piperidinomethanol. The product was obtained as off-white crystals. Step 2 [130] The procedure of Step 3 of Example 1 was followed except that 3-phenyl-3- (4-morphlinophenyl)-6-methoxy-7-(4-hydroxypiperidin-1 -yl)-13,13 -dimethyl - 3H,13H-indeno[2',3':3,4]naphtho[l,2-b]pyran (from Step 1) was used in place of 3- phenyl-3-(4-morpholinophenyl)-6-methoxy-7-(3-hydroxymethylenepiperidin-1-yl)- 13,13-dimethyl-3H,13H-indeno[2',3':3,4]naphtho[l,2-b]pyran. The product was obtained as purple-tinted crystals. Mass spectrometry supports the molecular weight of 3-phenyl-3-(4-morphlinophenyl)-6-methoxy-7-(4-(2- methacryloxyethyl)carbamyloxypiperidin-1 -yl)-13,13-dimethyl-3H, 13H- indeno[2',3':3,4]naphtho[l,2-b]pyran. VTN5080 -65- Example 3: Stepl [131] The procedure of Step 2 of Example 1 was followed except that piperazine was used in place of 3-piperidinomethanol. The product was obtained as purple- tinted crystals. Step 2 [132] 3-Phenyl-3-(4-morpholinophenyl)-6-methoxy-7-(4-piperazin-1 -yl)-13,13- dimethyl-3H,13H-indeno[2',3':3,4]naphtho[l,2-b]pyran from Step 1 (10 g), 2- isocyanatoethyl methacrylate (3 mL) and ethyl acetate (150 mL) were combined in a dry reaction flask open to air. The mixture was stirred at room temperature for 20 minutes. Methanol (5 mL) was added to the mixture to quench excess 2- isocyanatoethyl methacrylate. The mixture was concentrated and the residue was purified by silica gel chromatography (ethyl acetate/hexanes (v/v): 1/1). After the chromatography, the product was crystallized from ethyl acetate/hexanes (v/v: 1/1) and filtered off as purple-tinted crystals (10 g). Mass spectrometry supports the molecular weight of 3-phenyl-3-(4-morpholinophenyl)-6-methoxy-7-(4-(2- methacryloxyethyl)carbamylpiperazin-1-yl)-13,13-dimethyl-3H, 13H- indeno[2',3':3,4]naphtho[l,2-b]pyran. Example 4: Step 1 [133] 4-Hydroxybenzophenone (100 g), 2-chloroethanol (50 g), sodium hydroxide (20 g) and water (500 mL) were combined in a reaction flask. The mixture was heated at reflux for 6 hours. The oily layer was separated and crystallized upon cooling, the crystals were washed with aqueous sodium hydroxide followed by water and dried, yielding 85 g of off-white solid. The product was used without further purification. Step 2 VTN5080 -66- [134] 4-(2-Hydroxyethoxy)benzophenone from Step 1 (30 g) was dissolved in anhydrous dimethylformamide (250 mL) in a reaction flask with overhead stirring. Sodium acetylide paste (15 g) in toluene was added to the reaction flask under vigorous stirring. After the reaction was complete, the mixture was added to water (500 mL), and the solution was extracted with ethyl ether (twice with 500 mL). The organic layers were combined and washed with saturated aqueous sodium chloride solution and dried over sodium sulfate. The solution was then filtered and concentrated, and the dark residue was purified by silica gel chromatography (ethyl acetate/hexanes (v/v): 1/1). The product was obtained as a white solid (33 g). Step 3 [135] The procedure of Stepl of Example 1 was followed except that 1-phenyl-1- (4-(2-hydroxyethoxy)phenyl)-2-propyn-1-ol (from Step 2) was used in place of 1- phenyl-1-(4-morpholinophenyl)-2-propyn-1-ol. After the chromatography, the product was precipitated from ethyl acetate/hexanes (v/v: 1/1) and filtered off as a yellow-tinted solid. Step 4 [136] The procedure of Step 2 of Example 1 was followed except that 3-phenyl-3- (4-(2-hydroxyethoxy)phenyl)-6,7-dimethoxy-13,13-dimethyl-3H, 13H- indeno[2',3':3,4] naphtho[l,2-b]pyran (from Step 3) was used in place of 3-phenyl- 3-(4-morpholinophenyl)-6,7-dimethoxy-13,13-dimethyl-3H, 13H- indeno[2',3':3,4]naphtho[l,2-b]pyran and piperidine was used in place of 3- piperidinomethanol. The product was obtained as a dark-green expanded foam. Step 5 [137] The procedure of Step 3 of Example 1 was followed except that 3-phenyl-3- (4-(2-hydroxyethoxy)phenyl)-6-methoxy-7-piperidino-13,13-dimethyl-3H, 13H- indeno[2',3':3,4]naphtho[l,2-b]pyran (from Step 4) was used in place of 3-phenyl- 3-(4-morpholinophenyl)-6-methoxy-7-(3-hydroxymethylenepiperidin-1 -yl)-13,13- dimethyl-3H,13H-indeno[2',3':3,4]naphtho[l,2-b]pyran. The product was obtained VTN5080 -67- as a yellow-tinted expanded foam. Mass spectrometry supports the molecular weight of 3-phenyl-3-(4-(2-(2-methacryloxyethyl) carbamyloxyethoxy)phenyl)-6- methoxy-7-piperidino-13,13-dimethyl-3H,13H-indeno[2',3':3,4]naphtho[l,2- b]pyran. Example 5: Stepl [138] 4-Fluorobenzophenone (30 g), piperazine (23 g), triethyl amine (23 mL), potassium carbonate (22 g) and dimethyl sulfoxide (50 mL) were combined into a reaction flask, the mixture was heated at reflux for 20 hours. After this time, the mixture was cooled and poured into water, the slurry was extracted with chloroform and the chloroform phase was washed with water twice and dried over sodium sulfate. The solution was concentrated to 45 g of orange oil. The product was used without further purification. Step 2 [139] 4-Piperazinobenzophenone from Step 1 was dissolved in dimethylformamide (50 mL) in a reaction flask, excess amount of sodium acetylide (9 wt% in toluene) was added portion-wise. After the reaction was complete, the mixture was poured into water, the mixture was then extracted with ethyl acetate, and the organic layer was dried over sodium sulfate. The solution was filtered and concentrated. The residue was purified by silica gel chromatography (ethyl acetate/methanol (v/v): 1/1), yielding 17 g of a yellow solid. Step 3 [140] The procedure of Step 1 of Example 1 was followed except that 3,9- dimethoxy-7,7-dimethyl-7H-benzo[C]-fluoren-5-ol was used in place of 2,3- dimethoxy-7,7-dimethyl-7H-benzo[C]-fluoren-5-ol and l-phenyl-1-(4- piperazinophenyl)-2-propyn-1-ol was used in place of l-phenyl-1-(4- VTN5080 -68- morpholinophenyl)-2-propyn-1-ol. After the chromatography, the product was precipitated from acetone/methanol (v/v: 1/1) and filtered off as a green-tinted solid. Step 4 [141] Phenyl-3-(4-piperazinophenyl)-6,ll-dimethoxy-13,13-dimethyl-3H,13H- indeno[2',3':3,4]naphtho[l,2-b]pyran from Step 3 (1 g), 2-isocyanatoethyl methacrylate (1.5 mL) and ethyl acetate (30 mL) were combined in a dry reaction flask. The mixture was stirred at room temperature for 1 hour. Methanol (5 mL) was added to the quench excess 2-isocyanatoethyl methacrylate. The mixture was concentrated and the residue was purified by silica gel chromatography (ethyl acetate/hexanes (v/v): 1/1). The product was obtained as a green expanded foam. Mass spectrometry supports the molecular weight of 3-phenyl-3-(4-(4-(2- methacryloxyethyl) carbamylpiperazin-1 -yl)phenyl)-6,11 -dimethoxy-13,13- dimethyl-3H,13H-indeno[2',3':3,4]naphtho[l,2-b]pyran. Example 6: Stepl [142] 4-Fluorobenzophenone (20g) and l-(2-hydroxyethyl)piperazine (40g) were heated to 160°C in 200ml of DMSO for 3 hours. The mixture was poured into water (1 L) and the solid collected by filtration. The solid was washed with water, dried, slurried in hexane, and dried again. The off-white solid (25g) was used in the next step without further purification. Step 2 [143] 4-(4-(2-Hydroxyethyl)piperazin-1-yl)-benzophenone from Step 1 (25 g) was dissolved in dimethylformamide (50 mL) in a reaction flask and excess amount of sodium acetylide (9 wt% in toluene) was added portion-wise. After the reaction was complete, the mixture was poured into water, and 20 g of white solid was filtered off. Step 3 VTN5080 -69- [144] The procedure of Step 2 of Example 1 was followed except that 7,7- dimethyl-7H-benzo[C]fluoren-5-ol was used in place of 2,3-dimethoxy-7,7- dimethyl-7H-benzo[C]fluoren-5-oland l-phenyl-1-(4-(4-(2-hydroxyethylpiperazin- l-yl)phenyl)-2-propyn-1-ol (from Step 2) was used in place of l-phenyl-1-(4- morpholinophenyl)-2-propyn-1-ol. The product was isolated by column chromatography, eluting with ethyl acetate/methanol 80/20 (v/v), and crystallized from methanol as an off-white solid. Step 4 [145] The procedure of Step 3 of Example 1 was followed except that 3-phenyl-3- (4-(4-(2-hydroxyethyl)piperazin-1 -yl)phenyl)-13,13-dimethyl-3H, 13H- indeno[2',3':3,4]naphtho[l,2-b]pyran (from Step 3) was used in place of 3-phenyl- 3-(4-morpholinophenyl)-6-methoxy-7-(3-hydroxymethylenepiperidin-1 -yl)-13,13- dimethyl-3H,13H-indeno[2',3':3,4]naphtho[l,2-b]pyran. Successive chromatographic separations with chloroform/methanol 90/10 (v/v), and with ethyl acetate/methanol 95/5 (v/v), yielded a pure oil that was isolated as a purple-tinted expanded foam. Mass spectrometry supports the molecular weight of 3-phenyl-3-(4- (4-(2-(2-methacryloxyethyl)carbamyloxyethyl)piperazin-1 -yl)phenyl)-13,13- dimethyl-3H,13H-indeno[2',3':3,4]naphtho[l,2-b]pyran. Example 7: Step 1 [146] The procedure of Step 1 of Example 1 was followed except that 1-phenyl-1- (4-methoxyphenyl)-2-propyn-1-ol was used in place of l-phenyl-1-(4- morpholinophenyl)-2-propyn-1-ol. The product was obtained as off-white crystals. Step 2 [147] The procedure of Step 2 of Example 1 was followed except that 3-phenyl-3- (4-methoxyphenyl)-6,7-dimethoxy-13,13-dimethyl-3H, 13H- indeno[2',3':3,4]naphtho[l,2-b]pyran (from Step 1) was used in place of 3-phenyl- VTN5080 -70- 3-(4-morpholinophenyl)-6,7-dimethoxy-13,13-dimethyl-3H,13H- indeno[2',3':3,4]naphtho[l,2-b]pyran and 4-hydroxypiperidine was used in place of 3-piperidinomethanol. After the chromatography, the product was crystallized from ethyl ether/methanol/hexanes (1/1/1), yielding yellow-tinted crystals. Step 3 [148] 3-Phenyl-3-(4-methoxyphenyl)-6-methoxy-7-(4-hydroxypiperidin-1 -yl)- 13,13-dimethyl-3H,13H-indeno[2',3':3,4]naphtho[l,2-b]pyran from Step 2 (1 g), succinic anhydride (0.3 g), triethyl amine ( 0.5 mL) and toluene (20 mL) were combined in a dry reaction flask. The mixture was heated at reflux for 7 hours. Water (50 mL) was added to the solution and the mixture was partitioned. The toluene layer was washed with saturated sodium chloride aqueous solution and dried over sodium sulfate. The solution was concentrated and the residue was purified by silica gel chromatography (ethyl acetate/hexanes (v/v): 2/1), yielding 1.2 g of an expanded yellow-tinted foam. Step 4 [149] 3-Phenyl-3-(4-methoxyphenyl)-6-methoxy-7-(4-(2-hydroxycarbonylethyl) carboxypiperidin-1 -yl)-13,13-dimethyl-3H, 13H-indeno [2' ,3': 3,4] naphtho [1,2- bjpyran from Step 3 (1.2 g), poly(ethylene glycol) methacrylate (average molecular weight 360, 1 mL), dicyclohexyl carbodiimide (0.7 g), 4-(dimethylamino)-pyridine (0.4 g) and methylene chloride (10 mL) were combined in a dry reaction flask. The mixture was heated at reflux for 5 hours and filtered. The solution was concentrated and the residue was purified by silica gel chromatography (ethyl acetate/hexanes (v/v): 1/1), yielding 1.8 g of oily mixture. MS indicates the major components have 5 to 8 ethoxy groups in the polyethylene glycol chain including the compound 3- phenyl-3-(4-methoxyphenyl)-6-methoxy-7-(4-(2-(2-(2-(2-(2-(2-(2- methacryloxyethoxy)ethoxy)ethoxy)ethoxy)ethoxy)ethoxy)carbonylethyl)carboxypi peridin-1-yl)-13,13-dimethyl-3H,13H-indeno[2',3':3,4]naphtho[l,2-b]pyran. VTN5080 -71 - Example 8: Step 1 [150] The procedure of Step 3 of Example 7 was followed except that 3-phenyl-3- (4-morpholinophenyl)-6-methoxy-7-(4-(3-hydroxymethylenepiperidin)-1 -yl)-13,13- dimethyl-3H,13H-indeno[2',3':3,4]naphtho[l,2-b]pyran (from Step 2 of Example 1) was used in place of 3-phenyl-3-(4-methoxyphenyl)-6-methoxy-7-(4- hydroxypiperidin-1 -yl)-13,13-dimethyl-3H, 13H-indeno[2' ,3' :3,4]naphtho[ 1,2- b]pyran. The product was obtained as a purple-tinted expanded foam. Step 2 [151] The procedure of Step 4 of Example 7 was followed except that 3-phenyl-3- (4-morpholinophenyl)-6-methoxy-7-(4-(2- hydroxycarbonylethyl)carboxymethylenepiperidin-1 -yl)-13,13-dimethyl-3H, 13H- indeno[2',3':3,4]naphtho[l,2-b]pyran (from Step 1) was used in place of 3-phenyl- 3-(4-methoxyphenyl)-6-methoxy-7-(4-(2-hydroxycarbonylethyl) carboxypiperidin- l-yl)-13,13-dimethyl-3H,13H-indeno[2',3':3,4]naphtho[l,2-b]pyran. The product was obtained as an oily mixture. Mass spectrometry indicates the major component is with 5 to 8 ethoxy groups in the ethylene glycol chain including 3-phenyl-3-(4- morpholinophenyl)-6-methoxy-7-(3-(2-(2-(2-(2-(2-(2-(2- methacryloxyethoxy)ethoxy) ethoxy)ethoxy)ethoxy)ethoxy)carbonylethyl)carboxymethylenepiperidin-1-yl)- 13,13-dimethyl-3H,13H-indeno[2',3':3,4]naphtho[l,2-b]pyran. Example 9: Step 1 [152] The procedure of Step 4 of Example 4 was followed except that morpholine was used in place of 3-piperidine. After the chromatography, the product was recrystallized from t-butyl methyl ether/hexanes (2/1), yielding off-white crystals. Step 2 VTN5080 -72- [153] The procedure of Step 3 of Example 7 was followed except that 3-phenyl-3- (4-(2-hydroxyethoxy)phenyl)-6-methoxy-7-morpholino-13,13-dimethyl-3H, 13H- indeno[2',3':3,4]naphtho[l,2-b]pyran (from Step 1) was used in place of 3-phenyl- 3-(4-methoxyphenyl)-6-methoxy-7-(4-hydroxypiperidin-1 -yl)-13,13-dimethyl- 3H,13H-indeno[2',3':3,4]naphtho[l,2-b]pyran. The product was obtained as a brown expanded foam. Step 3 [154] The procedure of Step 4 of Example 7 was followed except that 3-phenyl-3- (4-(2-(2-hydroxycarbonylethyl)carboxy)phenyl)-6-methoxy-7-morpholino-13,13- dimethyl-3H,13H-indeno[2',3':3,4]naphtho[l,2-b]pyran (from Step 2) was used in place of 3-phenyl-3-(4-methoxyphenyl)-6-methoxy-7-(4-(2- hydroxycarbonylethyl)carboxypiperidin-1 -yl)-13,13-dimethyl-3H, 13H- indeno[2',3':3,4]naphtho[l,2-b]pyran. The product was obtained as an oily mixture. Mass spectrometry indicates the major component is with 5 to 8 ethoxy groups in the ethylene glycol chain including 3-phenyl-3-(4-(2-(2-(2-(2-(2-(2-(2-(2- methacryloxyethoxy)ethoxy)ethoxy) ethoxy)ethoxy)ethoxy)carbonylethyl)carboxyethoxy) phenyl)-6-methoxy-7- morpholino-13,13-dimethyl-3H,13H-indeno[2',3':3,4]naphtho[l,2-b]pyran. Example 10: Synthesis of Photochromic Polymer Test Square and Photochromic Performance Testing Photochromic Performance Testing [155] The photochromic performance of the photochromic materials of Examples 1-9 was tested as follows. [156] A quantity of the photochromic material to be tested calculated to yield a 1.5 x 10-3 molal solution was added to a flask containing 50 grams of a monomer blend of 4 parts ethoxylated bisphenol A dimethacrylate (BPA 2EO DMA), 1 part poly(ethylene glycol) 600 dimethacrylate, and 0.033 weight percent 2,2'-azobis(2- methyl propionitrile) (AIBN). The photochromic material was dissolved into the VTN5080 -73- monomer blend by stirring and gentle heating. After a clear solution was obtained, it was poured into a flat sheet mold having the interior dimensions of 2.2 mm x 6 inches (15.24 cm) x 6 inches (15.24 cm). The mold was sealed and placed in a horizontal airflow, programmable oven programmed to increase the temperature from 40°C to 95°C over a 5 hour interval, hold the temperature at 95°C for 3 hours and then lower it to 60°C for at least 2 hours. The methacrylate terminated photochromic dyes were copolymerized into the sheet after this period of time. After the mold was opened, the polymer sheet was cut using a diamond blade saw into 2 inch (5.1 cm) test squares. [157] The photochromic test squares prepared as described above were tested for photochromic response on an optical bench. Prior to testing on the optical bench, the photochromic test squares were exposed to 365 nm ultraviolet light for about 15 minutes to cause the photochromic material to transform from the unactivated (or bleached) state to an activated (or colored) state, and then placed in a 76°C oven for about 15 minutes to allow the photochromic material to revert back to the bleached state. The test squares were then cooled to room temperature, exposed to fluorescent room lighting for at least 2 hours, and then kept covered (that is, in a dark environment) for at least 2 hours prior to testing on an optical bench maintained at 24°C. The bench was fitted with a 300-watt xenon arc lamp, a remote controlled shutter, a KG-2 filter acting as a heat sink for the arc lamp, and neutral density filter(s). The sample holder in which the square to be tested was situated in a water bath which was kept at 23 °C. A collimated beam of light from a tungsten lamp was passed through the square at a small angle (approximately 30°) normal to the square. After passing through the square, the light from the tungsten lamp was directed to a collection sphere, avoiding collecting scattered light and reblend light beam. From the collection sphere the light travels via a fiber optic cable to an Ocean Optics S2000 spectrophotometer where the resulting spectrum was measured at the visible lambda max ("λmax-ViS") of the photochromic material being tested. The X,max-vis is the wavelength in the visible spectrum at which the maximum absorption of the VTN5080 -74- activated (colored) form of the photochromic compound in a test square occurs. The λmax-vis wavelength was determined by testing the photochromic test squares in a Varian Cary 4000 UV-Visible spectrophotometer. The output signals from the detector were processed by a radiometer. [158] The saturated optical density ("Sat'd OD") for each test square was determined by opening the shutter from the xenon lamp and measuring the transmittance after exposing the test chip to UV radiation for 30 minutes. The xenon beam is set to 1 W/m2 for measurements of this class of dyes, however, in some instances, a power setting of 3 W/m2 was used. Irradiance was adjusted by varying the neutral density filter at the light source and by adjusting lamp output. The First Fade Half Life ("T1/2") is the time interval in seconds for the absorbance of the activated form of the photochromic material in the test squares to reach one half the Sat'd OD absorbance value at room temperature (24°C), after removal of the source of activating light. Results for the photochromic materials tested are listed below in Table 1. Table 1: Photochromic Test Data VTN5080 -75- * tested under 3W irradiation Example 11 [159] Under a nitrogen atmosphere, about 100 mg of a blend of 91 % (wt) 2- hydroxyethyl methacrylate, 2.2 % methacrylic acid, 0.83 % ethyleneglycol dimethacrylate, 0.1 % trimethylolpropane trimethacrylate, 0.55 % 2,2'- azobisisobutyronitrile and 0.5 % CGI 819 (bis(2,4,6-trimethylbenzoyl)-phenyl phosphine oxide photoinitiator, commercially available from Ciba Specialty Chemicals), and 5.25 % of the photochromic compound made in Example 2, was combined with Glucam E-20 diluent (poly(oxy-l,2-ethanediyl), .alpha.-hydro- .omega.-hydroxy-, ether with methyl D-glucopyranoside, Ave. MW 1074 g/mole in a ratio of 50 weight parts, commercially available from Chemron Corporation) to 50 weight parts reactive monomers, and placed into each front curve mold. Back curve molds were placed onto the front curve molds and lenses were formed by curing the mixture under visible light from fluorescent bulbs (Philips TLK03/40W) for about 20 minutes at about 50°C. The molds were removed from the light and placed in an oven that was heated to 70°C for about 3 hours. The molds were removed from the oven and promptly pried open while still hot. The lenses were released from the molds by immersing them in an aqueous solution of 0.16 weight % disodium EDTA and 0.02 weight % Tween® 80 (polyoxyethylene(20) sorbitan monooleate, commercially available from Aldrich Chemicals) at about 70°C for about 30 minutes. The lenses were rinsed in borate-buffered saline solution. The final lenses were uniform in shape. [160] It is to be understood that the present description illustrates aspects of the invention relevant to a clear understanding of the invention. Certain aspects of the invention that would be apparent to those of ordinary skill in the art and that, therefore, would not facilitate a better understanding of the invention have not been presented in order to simplify the present description. Although the present invention has been described in connection with certain embodiments, the present VTN5080 -76- invention is not limited to the particular embodiments disclosed, but is intended to cover modifications that are within the spirit and scope of the invention, as defined by the appended claims. VTN5080 -77- We claim: 1. A photochromic ophthalmic device comprising a photochromic material comprising: a photochromic naphthopyran; and at least one reactive substituent bonded to the photochromic naphthopyran, wherein each reactive substituent is independently represented by one of: -A-D-E-G-J; -G-E-G-J; -D-E-G-J; -A-D-J; -D-G-J; and -D-J; wherein: (i) each -A- is independently -C(=O), -OC(=O)-, -NHC(=O)-, or -CH2-; (ii) each -D- is independently: (a) a diamine residue or a derivative thereof, said diamine residue being an aliphatic diamine residue, a cyclo aliphatic diamine residue, a diazacycloalkane residue, an azacyclo aliphatic amine residue, a diazacrown ether residue, or an aromatic diamine residue, wherein a first amine nitrogen of said diamine residue forms a bond with -A- or the photochromic naphthopyran, and a second amine nitrogen of said diamine residue forms a bond with -E-, -G-, or -J; or (b) an amino alcohol residue or a derivative thereof, said amino alcohol residue being an aliphatic amino alcohol residue, a cyclo aliphatic amino alcohol residue, an azacyclo aliphatic alcohol residue, a diazacyclo aliphatic alcohol residue, or an aromatic amino alcohol residue, wherein an amine nitrogen of said amino alcohol residue forms a bond with -A- or the photochromic naphthopyran, and an alcohol oxygen of said amino alcohol residue forms a bond with -E-, -G-, or -J, or said amine nitrogen of said amino alcohol residue forms a bond with -E-, -G-, or -J, and said alcohol oxygen of said amino alcohol residue forms a bond with -A- or the photochromic naphthopyran; VTN5080 -78- (iii) each -E- is independently a dicarboxylic acid residue or a derivative thereof, said dicarboxylic acid residue being an aliphatic dicarboxylic acid residue, cycloaliphatic dicarboxylic acid residue, or an aromatic dicarboxylic acid residue, wherein a first carbonyl group of said dicarboxylic acid residue forms a bond with -G- or -D-, and a second carbonyl group of said dicarboxylic acid residue forms a bond with -G-; (iv) each -G- is independently: (a) -[(OC2H4)x(OC3H6)y(OC4H8)z]-O-, wherein x, y, and z, are each independently a number between 0 and 50, and the sum of x, y, and z ranges from 1 to 50; or (b) a polyol residue or a derivative thereof, said polyol residue being an aliphatic polyol residue, a cyclo aliphatic polyol residue, and an aromatic polyol residue, wherein a first polyol oxygen of said polyol residue forms a bond with -E-, -D-, or the photochromic naphthopyran, and a second polyol oxygen of said polyol residue forms a bond with -E- or -J; and (v) each -J is independently a group comprising a reactive moiety or residue thereof; or -J is hydrogen, provided that if -J is hydrogen, -J is bonded to an oxygen of group -D- or -G-, forming a reactive moiety. 2. The ophthalmic device of claim 1, wherein the photochromic naphthopyran is a 2H- naphtho[l,2-b]pyran, a 3H-naphtho[2,l-b]pyran, an indeno[2',3':3,4]naphtho[l,2-b]pyran, an indeno[l',2':4,3]naphtho[2,l-b]pyran or a mixture thereof. 3. The ophthalmic deviceof claim 1, wherein each -J is independently acryl, crotyl, methacryl, 2-(methacryloxy)ethylcarbamyl, 2-(methacryloxy)ethoxycarbonyl, 4-vinylphenyl, vinyl, 1 -chlorovinyl, or epoxy. 4. The ophthalmic device of claim 1, wherein the photochromic material is purified by recrystallization. 5. An ophthalmic device comprising at least one photochromic material represented by: PC-[R]r wherein VTN5080 -79- (a) PC comprises a photochromic naphthopyran wherein said photochromic naphthopyran is a 2H-naphtho[l,2-b]pyran, a 3H-naphtho[2,l-b]pyran, an indeno[2',3':3,4]naphtho[l,2-b]pyran, an indeno[l',2':4,3]naphtho[2,l- b]pyran, or a mixture thereof; (b) r is an integer ranging from 1 to 4; and (c) each R group is a reactive substituent independently represented by one of: -A-D-E-G-J; -G-E-G-J; -D-E-G-J; -A-D-J; -D-G-J; and -D-J; wherein: (i) each -A- is independently -C(=O)-, -OC(=O)-, -NHC(=O)-, or -CH2-; (ii) each -D- is independently: (a) a diamine residue or a derivative thereof, said diamine residue being an aliphatic diamine residue, a cyclo aliphatic diamine residue, a diazacycloalkane residue, an azacyclo aliphatic amine residue, a diazacrown ether residue, or an aromatic diamine residue, wherein a first amine nitrogen of said diamine residue forms a bond with -A- or PC, and a second amine nitrogen of said diamine residue forms a bond with -E-, -G-, or -J; or (b) an amino alcohol residue or a derivative thereof, said amino alcohol residue being an aliphatic amino alcohol residue, a cyclo aliphatic amino alcohol residue, an azacyclo aliphatic alcohol residue, a diazacyclo aliphatic alcohol residue, or an aromatic amino alcohol residue, wherein an amine nitrogen of said amino alcohol residue forms a bond with -A- or PC, and an alcohol oxygen of said amino alcohol residue forms a bond with -E-, -G-, or -J, or said amine nitrogen of said amino alcohol residue forms a bond with -E-, -G-, or -J, and said VTN5080 -80- alcohol oxygen of said amino alcohol residue forms a bond with-A-or PC; (iii) each -E- is independently a dicarboxylic acid residue or a derivative thereof, said dicarboxylic acid residue being an aliphatic dicarboxylic acid residue, a cycloaliphatic dicarboxylic acid residue, or an aromatic dicarboxylic acid residue, wherein a first carbonyl group of said dicarboxylic acid residue forms a bond with -G- or -D-, and a second carbonyl group of said dicarboxylic acid residue forms a bond with -G-; (iv) each -G- is independently: (a) -[(OC2H4)x(OC3H6)y(OC4H8)z]-O-, wherein x, y, and z, are each independently a number between 0 and 50, and the sum of x, y, and z ranges from 1 to 50; or (b) a polyol residue or a derivative thereof, said polyol residue being an aliphatic polyol residue, a cyclo aliphatic polyol residue, or an aromatic polyol residue, wherein a first polyol oxygen of said polyol residue forms a bond with -E-, -D-, or PC, and a second polyol oxygen of said polyol residue forms a bond with -E- or -J; and (v) each -J is independently a group comprising acryl, crotyl, methacryl, 2- (methacryloxy)ethylcarbamyl, 2-(methacryloxy)ethoxycarbonyl, 4- vinylphenyl, vinyl, 1-chlorovinyl, or epoxy or -J is hydrogen, provided that if -J is hydrogen, -J is bonded to an oxygen of group -D- or -G-. 6. The ophthalmic device of claim 5, wherein r is 1 or 2. 7. An ophthalmic device comprising at least one photochromic material represented by: VTN5080 -81- or a mixture thereof, wherein, (a) R, is: a reactive substituent R, wherein said reactive substituent R is represented by one of: -A-D-E-G-J; -G-E-G-J; -D-E-G-J; -A-D-J; -D-G-J; and -D-J; wherein -A- is -C(=O)-, -OC(=O)-, -NHC(=O)-, or -CH2-; -D- is: a diamine residue or a derivative thereof, said diamine residue being an aliphatic diamine residue, a cyclo aliphatic diamine residue, a diazacycloalkane residue, an azacyclo aliphatic amine residue, a diazacrown ether residue, or an aromatic diamine residue, wherein a first amine nitrogen of said diamine residue forms a bond with -A-, structure I, structure II, structure III, or structure IV, and a second amine nitrogen of said diamine residue VTN5080 -82- forms a bond with -E-, -G-, or -J; or an amino alcohol residue or a derivative thereof, said amino alcohol residue being an aliphatic amino alcohol residue, a cyclo aliphatic amino alcohol residue, an azacyclo aliphatic alcohol residue, a diazacyclo aliphatic alcohol residue, or an aromatic amino alcohol residue, wherein an amine nitrogen of said amino alcohol residue forms a bond with -A-, structure I, structure II, structure III, or structure IV, and an alcohol oxygen of said amino alcohol residue forms a bond with -E-, -G-, or -J, or said amine nitrogen of said amino alcohol residue forms a bond with -E-, -G-, or -J, and said alcohol oxygen of said amino alcohol residue forms a bond with -A-, structure I, structure II, structure III, or structure IV; -E- is a dicarboxylic acid residue or a derivative thereof, said dicarboxylic acid residue being an aliphatic dicarboxylic acid residue, a cycloaliphatic dicarboxylic acid residue, or an aromatic dicarboxylic acid residue, wherein a first carbonyl group of said dicarboxylic acid residue forms a bond with -G- or -D-, and a second carbonyl group of said dicarboxylic acid residue forms a bond with -G-; each -G- is independently: -[(OC2H4)x(OC3H6)y(OC4H8)z]-O-, wherein x, y, and z, are each independently a number between 0 and 50, and the sum of x, y, and z ranges from 1 to 50; or a polyol residue or a derivative thereof, said polyol residue being an aliphatic polyol residue, a cyclo aliphatic polyol residue, or an aromatic polyol residue, wherein a first polyol oxygen of said polyol residue forms a bond with -E-, -D-, structure I, structure II, structure III, or structure IV, and a second polyol oxygen of said polyol residue forms a bond with -E- or -J; and -J is a group comprising acryl, methacryl, crotyl, 2-(methacryloxy) ethylcarbamyl, 2- (methacryloxy)ethoxycarbonyl, 4-vinylphenyl, vinyl, 1-chlorovinyl, or epoxy, or -J is hydrogen, provided that if-J is hydrogen, -J is bonded to an oxygen of group -D- or -G-; or R1 is hydrogen; hydroxyl; C1-C3 alkyl; or the group -C(=O)W, wherein W is -OR7, -N(R8)R=, piperidino or morpholino, wherein R7 is allyl, C1-C6 alkyl, phenyl, mono(C1- C6)alkyl substituted phenyl, mono(C1-C6)alkoxy substituted phenyl, phenyl(C1-C3)alkyl, mono(C1-C6)alkyl substituted phenyl(C1-C3)alkyl, mono(C1-C6)alkoxy substituted phenyl(C1- C3)alkyl, C1-C6 alkoxy(C2-C4)alkyl or C1-C6 haloalkyl, R8 and R9 are each independently C1- C6 alkyl, C5-C7 cycloalkyl, phenyl, mono-substituted phenyl, or di-substituted phenyl, wherein said phenyl substituents are C1-C6 alkyl or C1-C6 alkoxy, and said halo substituent is chloro or fluoro; VTN5080 -83- (b) R1' is: the reactive substituent R; hydrogen; hydroxy; C1-C3 alkyl; or the group -C(=O)W, wherein W is -OR7, -N(R8)R9, piperidino or morpholino, wherein R7 is allyl, C1-C6 alkyl, phenyl, mono(C1-C6)alkyl substituted phenyl, mono(C1-C6)alkoxy substituted phenyl, phenyl(C1-C3)alkyl, mono(C1-C6)alkyl substituted phenyl(C1-C3)alkyl, mono(C1-C6)alkoxy substituted phenyl(C1-C3)alkyl, C1-C6 alkoxy(C2-C4)alkyl or C1-C6 haloalkyl, and R8 and R9 are each independently C1-C6 alkyl, C5-C7 cycloalkyl, phenyl, mono-substituted phenyl, or di-substituted phenyl, wherein said phenyl substituents are C1-C6 alkyl or C1-C6 alkoxy, and said halo substituent is chloro or fluoro; (c) R2 is: the reactive substituent R; hydrogen; C1-C6 alkyl; C3-C7 cycloalkyl; substituted or unsubstituted phenyl; or -OR10; or -OC(=O)R10, wherein R10 is hydrogen, C1- C6 alkyl, phenyl(C1-C3)alkyl, mono(C1-C6)alkyl substituted phenyl(C1-C3)alkyl, mono(C1- C6)alkoxy substituted phenyl(C1-C3)alkyl, (C1-C6)alkoxy(C2-C4)alkyl, C3-C7 cycloalkyl, or mono(C1-C4)alkyl substituted C3-C7 cycloalkyl, and said phenyl substituents are C1-C6 alkyl or C1-C6 alkoxy; (d) n is an integer ranging from 0 to 4, where R3 and R4 are independently for each occurrence: the reactive substituent R; hydrogen; fluoro; chloro; C1-C6 alkyl; C3-C7 cycloalkyl; substituted or unsubstituted phenyl; -OR10; or -OC(=O)R10, wherein R10 is hydrogen, C1-C6 alkyl, phenyl(C1-C3)alkyl, mono(C1-C6)alkyl substituted phenyl(C1- C3)alkyl, mono(C1-C6)alkoxy substituted phenyl(C1-C3)alkyl, (C1-C6)alkoxy(C2-C4)alkyl, C3- C7 cycloalkyl, or mono(C1-C4)alkyl substituted C3-C7 cycloalkyl, and said phenyl substituents are C1-C6 alkyl or C1-C6 alkoxy; a mono-substituted phenyl, said phenyl having a substituent located at the para position, wherein the substituent is: a dicarboxylic acid residue or derivative thereof, a diamine residue or derivative thereof, an amino alcohol residue or derivative thereof, a polyol residue or a derivative thereof, -CH2-, -(CH2)t-, or -[0-(CH2)t]k-, wherein t is the integer 2, 3, 4, 5 or 6 and k is an integer from 1 to 50, the substituent being connected to an aryl group on another photochromic material; -N(Ri i)Ri2 wherein Ri 1 and R12 are each independently hydrogen, C1-C8 alkyl, phenyl, naphthyl, furanyl, benzofuran-2- yl, benzofuran-3-yl, thienyl, benzothien-2-yl, benzothien-3-yl, dibenzofuranyl, dibenzothienyl, benzopyridyl, fluorenyl, C1-C8 alkylaryl, C3-C20 cycloalkyl, C4- C20 bicycloalkyl, C5- C20 tricycloalkyl or C1- C20 alkoxyalkyl, wherein said aryl group is phenyl or naphthyl, or R11 and R12 come together with the nitrogen atom to form a C3-C20 hetero- bicycloalkyl ring or a C4-C20 hetero-tricycloalkyl ring; a nitrogen containing ring represented by the following graphic formula VA: VTN5080 -84- wherein each Y is independently chosen for each occurrence from -CH2-, -CH(R13)-, -C(R13)2-, -CH(aryl)-, -C(aryl)2-, and -C(R13)(aryl)-, and Z is -Y-, -O-, -S-, -S(O)-, -SO2-, -NH-, -N(R13)-, or -N(aryl)-, wherein each R13 is independently C1-C6 alkyl, each aryl is independently phenyl or naphthyl, m is an integer 1, 2 or 3, and p is an integer 0, 1, 2, or 3 and when p is 0, Z is Y; a group represented by one of the following graphic formulae VB or VC: wherein R15, R16, and R17 are each independently hydrogen, C1-C6 alkyl, phenyl, or naphthyl, or the groups R15 and R16 together form a ring of 5 to 8 carbon atoms and each R14 is independently for each occurrence C1-C6 alkyl, C1-C6 alkoxy, fluoro or chloro and p is an integer 0, 1, 2, or 3; and unsubstituted, mono-, or di-substituted C4-C18 spirobicyclic amine, or unsubstituted, mono-, and di-substituted C4-C18 spirotricyclic amine, wherein said substituents are independently aryl, C1-C6 alkyl, C1-C6 alkoxy, or phenyl(C1-C6)alkyl; or an R3 group in the 6-position and an R3 group in the 7-position together form a group represented by one of VD and VE: wherein T and T' are each independently oxygen or the group -NRi 1-, where R11, R15, and R16 are as set forth above; (e) R5 and R6 are each independently the reactive substituent R; hydrogen; hydroxy; C1-C6 alkyl; C3-C7 cycloalkyl; allyl; substituted or unsubstituted phenyl; substituted or unsubstituted benzyl; chloro; fluoro; the group -C(=O)W', wherein W is hydrogen, hydroxy, C1-C6 alkyl, C1-C6 alkoxy, the unsubstituted, mono-or di-substituted aryl groups VTN5080 -85- phenyl or naphthyl, phenoxy, mono- or di-( C1-C6)alkoxy substituted phenoxy, mono- or di-( C1-C6)alkoxy substituted phenoxy, amino, mono(C1-C6)alkylamino, di(C1-C6)alkylamino, phenylamino, mono- or di-(C1-C6)alkyl substituted phenylamino, or mono- or di-( C1- C6)alkoxy substituted phenylamino; -OR18, wherein R18 is C1-C6 alkyl, phenyl(C1-C3)alkyl, mono(C1-C6)alkyl substituted phenyl(C1-C3)alkyl, mono(C1-C6)alkoxy substituted phenyl(C1- C3)alkyl, C1-C6 alkoxy(C2-C4)alkyl, C3-C7 cycloalkyl, mono(C1-C4)alkyl substituted C3-C7 cycloalkyl, C1-C6 chloroalkyl, C1-C6 fluoroalkyl, allyl, or the group -CH(R19)Y', wherein R19 is hydrogen or C1-C3 alkyl and Y' is CN, CF3, or COOR20, wherein R20 is hydrogen or C1-C3 alkyl, or R18 is the group, -C(=O)W", wherein W" is hydrogen, C1-C6 alkyl, C1-C6 alkoxy, the unsubstituted, mono- or di-substituted aryl groups phenyl or naphthyl, phenoxy, mono- or di-( C1-C6)alkyl substituted phenoxy, mono- or di-(C1-C6)alkoxy substituted phenoxy, amino, mono(C1-C6)alkylamino, di(C1-C6)alkylamino, phenylamino, mono- or di-(C1-C6)alkyl substituted phenylamino, or mono- or di-(C1-C6)alkoxy substituted phenylamino, wherein each of said phenyl, benzyl, or aryl group substituents are independently C1-C6 alkyl or C1-C6 alkoxy; or a mono-substituted phenyl, said phenyl having a substituent located at the para position, wherein the substituent is: a dicarboxylic acid residue or derivative thereof, a diamine residue or derivative thereof, an amino alcohol residue or derivative thereof, a polyol residue or derivative thereof, -CH2-, -(CH2)t-, or -[O-(CH2)t]k-, wherein t is from an integer 2, 3, 4, 5 or 6 and k is an integer from 1 to 50, the substituent being connected to an aryl group on another photochromic material; or R5 and R6 together form an oxo group, a spiro- carbocyclic group containing 3 to 6 carbon atoms, or a spiro-heterocyclic group containing 1 to 2 oxygen atoms and 3 to 6 carbon atoms including the spirocarbon atom, said spiro- carbocyclic and spiro-heterocyclic groups being annellated with 0, 1 or 2 benzene rings; and (f) B and B' are each independently a substituted phenyl; a substituted aryl; a substituted 9-julolindinyl; a substituted heteroaromatic group chosen from pyridyl, furanyl, benzofuran- 2-yl, benzofuran-3-yl, thienyl, benzothien-2-yl, benzothien-3-yl, dib'enzofuranyl, dibenzothienyl, carbazoyl, benzopyridyl, indolinyl, and fluorenyl, wherein the phenyl, aryl, 9-julolindinyl, or heteroaromatic substituent is the reactive substituent R; an unsubstituted, mono-, di-, or tri-substituted phenyl or aryl group; 9-julolidinyl; or an unsubstituted, mono- or di-substituted heteroaromatic group chosen from pyridyl, furanyl, benzofuran-2-yl, benzofuran-3-yl, thienyl, benzothien-2-yl, benzothien-3-yl, dibenzofuranyl, dibenzothienyl, carbazoyl, benzopyridyl, indolinyl, and fluorenyl, wherein each of the phenyl, aryl and heteroaromatic substituents are each independently: hydroxyl, a group -C(=O)R21, wherein VTN5080 -86- R21 is -OR22, -N(R23)R24, piperidino, morpholino, wherein R22 is allyl, C1-C6 alkyl, phenyl, mono(C1-C6)alkyl substituted phenyl, mono(C1-C6)alkoxy substituted phenyl, phenyl(Cr C3)alkyl, mono(C]-C6)alkyl substituted phenyl(C1-C3)alkyl, mono(C1-C6)alkoxy substituted phenyl(C1-C3)alkyl, C1-C6 alkoxy(C2-C4)alkyl or C1-C6 haloalkyl, R23 and R24 are each independently C1-C6 alkyl, C5-C7 cycloalkyl, phenyl or substituted phenyl, the phenyl substituents being C1-C6 alkyl or C1-C6 alkoxy, and said halo substituent is chloro or fluoro, aryl, mono(C1-C12)alkoxyaryl, di(C1-C12)alkoxyaryl, mono(C1-C12)alkylaryl, di(C1- C12)alkylaryl, haloaryl, C3-C7 cycloalkylaryl, C3-C7 cycloalkyl, C3-C7 cycloalkyloxy, C3-C7 cycloalkyloxy(C1-C12)alkyl, C3-C7 cycloalkyloxy(C1-C12)alkoxy, aryl(C1-C12)alkyl, aryl(C1- C12)alkoxy, aryloxy, aryloxy(C1-C12)alkyl, aryloxy(C1-C12)alkoxy, mono- or di(C1- C12)alkylaryl(C1-C12)alkyl, mono- or di-(C1-C12)alkoxyaryl(C1-C12)alkyl, mono- or di-(C1- C12)alkylaryl(C1-C12)alkoxy, mono- or di-(C1-C12)alkoxyaryl(C1-C12)alkoxy, amino, mono- or di-(C1-C12)alkylamino, diarylamino, piperazino, N-(C1-C12)alkylpiperazino, N- arylpiperazino, aziridino, indolino, piperidino, morpholino, thiomorpholino, tetrahydroquinolino, tetrahydroisoquinolino, pyrrolidyl, C1-C12 alkyl, C1-C12 haloalkyl, C1- C12 alkoxy, mono(C1-C12 )alkoxy(C1-C12 )alkyl, acryloxy, methacryloxy, or halogen; an unsubstituted or mono-substituted group chosen from pyrazolyl, imidazolyl, pyrazolinyl, imidazolinyl, pyrrolinyl, phenothiazinyl, phenoxazinyl, phenazinyl, and acridinyl, each of said substituents being C1-C12 alkyl, C1-C12 alkoxy, phenyl, or halogen; a mono-substituted phenyl, said phenyl having a substituent located at the para position, wherein the substituent is: a dicarboxylic acid residue or derivative thereof, a diamine residue or derivative thereof, an amino alcohol residue or derivative thereof, a polyol residue or derivative thereof, -CH2-, - (CH2V, or -[O-(CH2)t]k-, wherein t is an integer 2, 3, 4, 5 or 6 and k is an integer from 1 to 50, the substituent being connected to an aryl group on another photochromic material; a group represented by one of: wherein K is -CH2- or -O-, and M is -O- or substituted nitrogen, provided that when M is substituted nitrogen, K is -CH2-, the substituted nitrogen substituents being hydrogen, C1-C12 alkyl, or C1-C12 acyl, each R25 being independently chosen for each occurrence from C1-C12 alkyl, C1-C12 alkoxy, hydroxy, and halogen, R26 and R27 each being independently hydrogen or C1-C12 alkyl, and u is an integer ranging from 0 to 2; or a group represented by: VTN5080 -87- wherein R28 is hydrogen or C1-C12 alkyl, and R29 is an unsubstituted, mono-, or di-substituted group chosen from naphthyl, phenyl, furanyl, and thienyl, wherein the substituents are C1-C12 alkyl, C1-C12 alkoxy, or halogen; or B and B' taken together form one of a fluoren-9-ylidene, mono-, or di-substituted fluoren-9-ylidene, each of said fluoren-9-ylidene substituents being independently chosen from C1-C12 alkyl, C1-C12 alkoxy, and halogen; provided that the photochromic material comprises at least one reactive substituent R. 8. The ophthalmic device of claim 7, wherein the photochromic material comprises two reactive substituents R. 9. The ophthalmic device of claim 7, wherein R3 comprises a substituent at the 6 and 7 position on structure III or structure IV, said substituent at the 6 and 7 position each being independently the reactive substituent R; -OR10, wherein R10 is hydrogen; C1-C6 alkyl; or a nitrogen-containing group, wherein said nitrogen-containing group is: (i) -N(R11)R12 wherein R11 and R12 are each independently hydrogen, C1-C8 alkyl, phenyl, or C1- C20 alkoxyalkyl, or (ii) a nitrogen containing ring represented by the following graphic formula VA: wherein each Y is independently chosen for each occurrence from -CH2-, -CH(R13)-, -C(R13)2-, -CH(aryl)-, -C(aryl)2-, and -C(R13)(aryl)-, and Z is -Y-, -O-, -S-, -S(O)-, -SO2-, -NH-, -N(R13)-, or -N(aryl)-, wherein each R13 is independently C1-C6 alkyl, each aryl is independently phenyl or naphthyl, m is the integer 1, 2 or 3, and p is the integer 0, 1, 2, or 3 and when p is 0, Z is Y. 10. The ophthalmic deviceof claim 7, wherein R5 and R6 are each independently the reactive substituent R; C1-C6 alkyl; hydroxy; or -OR18, wherein R18 is C1-C6 alkyl. VTN5080 -88- 11. The ophthalmic device of claim 1 wherein said device is formed from at least one polymeric material comprising said photochromic material incorporated into at least a portion thereof. 12. The ophthalmic device of claim 11, wherein the polymeric material is is formed from components comprising hydrophilic monomers, hydrophilic polymers and silicone components. 13. The ophthalmic device of claim 11, wherein said ophthalmic device is a contact lens and said polymeric material comprises a hydrogel. 14. The ophthalmic device of claim 1 wherein the photochromic material is connected to at least a portion of the ophthalmic device. 15. The photochromic article of claim 14, wherein the ophthalmic device is selected from the group consisting of soft contact lenses, hard contact lenses, intraocular lenses, overlay lenses, ocular inserts, and optical inserts. 16. The ophthalmic deviceof claim 1, wherein the ophthalmic device is a soft contact lens. 17. The photochromic article of claim 14, wherein the ophthalmic devicecomprises a polymeric material and the photochromic material is at least one of blended with at least a portion of the polymeric material and bonded to at least a portion of the polymeric material. 18. The ophthalmic device of claim 17, wherein the photochromic material is bonded by co-polymerization with at least a portion of the polymeric material. 19. The ophthalmic deviceof claim 17 wherein an at least partial coating of a polymeric coating material is connected to at least a portion of a surface of the ophthalmic deviceand the polymeric coating material comprises the photochromic material. 20. A method of making a photochromic ophthalmic device of claim 1 comprising connecting the photochromic material to at least a portion of the ophthalmic device. 21. The method according to claim 20, wherein the substrate comprises a polymeric material, and connecting comprises incorporating the photochromic material into at least a portion of the ophthalmic deviceby at least one of blending the photochromic material with at least a portion of the polymeric material and bonding the photochromic material to at least a portion of the polymeric material. VTN5080 -89- 22. The method according to claim 21, wherein the photochromic material is bonded by co-polymerizing the photochromic material with at least a portion of the polymeric material. 23. The method according to claim 20, wherein the ophthalmic devicecomprises a polymeric material and connecting the photochromic material into at least a portion of said ophthalmic device comprises casting-in-place the photochromic material and the polymeric material. 24. The method according to claim 20, wherein the ophthalmic devicecomprises a polymeric material and connecting a photochromic material to at least a portion of the ophthalmic device, comprises applying an at least partial coating comprising the photochromic material to at least a portion of the ophthalmic device. 25. The method according to claim 24, wherein applying the at least partial coating comprising the photochromic material to at least a portion of the ophthalmic device comprises one of dip coating, spin coating, roll coating, spray coating, curtain coating, and in-mold casting. 26. An ophthalmic device comprising at least one photochromic material chosen from: (i) 3,3-di(4-methoxyphenyl)-6-methoxy-7-(3-(2-methacryloxyethyl)carbamyloxy methylenepiperidin-1 -yl)-l 3,13-dimethyl-3H, 13H-indeno[2' ,3' :3,4]naphtho [l,2-b]pyran; (ii) 3 -phenyl-3 -(4-morpholinophenyl)-6-methoxy-7-(3 -(2-methacryloxyethyl) carbamyloxymethylenepiperidin-1 -yl)-13,13-dimethyl-3H, 13H-indeno [2',3':3,4] naphtho[l,2-b]pyran; (iii) 3-phenyl-3-(4-(4-phenylpiperazino)phenyl)-6-methoxy-7-(4-(2- methacryloxyethyl)carbamyloxypiperidin-1 -yl)-l 3,13-dimethyl-3H, 13H- indeno[2',3':3,4]naphtho[l,2-b]pyran; (iv) 3-(4-fluorophenyl)-3-(4-methoxyphenyl)-6-methoxy-7-(4-(2- methacryloxyethyl) carbamyloxypiperidin-1 -yl)-13,13-dimethyl-3H, 13H- indeno [2' ,3': 3,4] naphtho [ 1,2 -b] pyran; (v) 3-(4-fluorophenyl)-3-(4-morpholinophenyl)-6-methoxy-7-(4-(2- methacryloxyethyl)carbamyloxypiperidin-1 -yl)-13,13-dimethyl-3H, 13H- indeno[2',3':3,4]naphtho[l,2-b]pyran; VTN5080 VTN5080 -90- (vi) 3-phenyl-3-(4-morpholinophenyl)-6-methoxy-7-(4-(2-methacryloxyethyl) carbamyloxypiperidin-1 -yl)-13,13 -dimethyl-3H, 13H-indeno [2' ,3': 3,4] naphtho [l,2-b]pyran; (vii) 3-phenyl-3-(4-morpholinophenyl)-6-methoxy-7-(4-(2-methacryloxyethyl) carbamylpiperazin-1 -yl)-13,13-dimethyl-3H, 13H-indeno [2' ,3': 3,4] naphtho [l,2-b]pyran; (viii) 3-phenyl-3-(4-(2-(2-methacryloxyethyl)carbamyloxyethoxy)phenyl)-6- methoxy-7-piperidino-13,13-dimethyl-3H,13H-indeno[2',3':3,4]naphtho[l,2- b]pyran; (ix) 3 -phenyl-3 -(4-methoxyphenyl)-6-methoxy-7-(4-(2-methacryloxy ethyl) carbamylpiperazin-1-yl)-13,13-dimethyl-3H,13H-indeno[2',3':3,4] naphthofl ,2-b]pyran; (x) 3-phenyl-3-(4-(2-(2-methacryloxyethyl)carbamyloxyethoxy)phenyl)-6,7- dimethoxy-13,13-dimethyl-3H,13H-indeno[2',3':3,4]naphtho[l,2-b]pyran; (xi) 3-phenyl-3-(4-(4-(2-methacryloxyethyl)carbamylpiperazin-1 -yl)phenyl)-6,11 - dimethoxy-13,13 -dimethyl-3H, 13H-indeno [2' ,3': 3,4]naphtho [ 1,2-b]pyran; (xii) 3-phenyl-3-(4-(2-methacryloxyethyl)carbamyloxyphenyl)-6,7-dimethoxy- 13,13-dimethyl-3H,13H-indeno[2',3':3,4]naphtho[l,2-b]pyran; (xiii) 3-phenyl-3-(4-moipholinophenyl)-6-methoxy-7-(3-(2-(2-(2-(2-(2-(2-(2- methacryloxyethoxy)ethoxy)ethoxy)ethoxy)ethoxy)ethoxy)carbonylethyl) carboxymethylenepiperidin-1 -yl)-13,13 -dimethyl-3H, 13H-indeno [2' ,3': 3,4] naphtho [ 1,2-b]pyran; (xiv) 3-phenyl-3-(4-methoxyphenyl)-6-methoxy-7-(3-(2-(2-(2-(2-(2-(2-(2- methacryloxyethoxy)ethoxy)ethoxy)ethoxy)ethoxy)ethoxy)carbonylethyl) carboxymethylenepiperidin-1 -yl)-13,13-dimethyl-3H, 13H-indeno [2' ,3': 3,4] naphtho [1,2-b] pyran; (xv) 3-phenyl-3-(4-morpholinophenyl)-6-methoxy-7-(4-(2-(2-(2-(2-(2-(2-(2- methacryloxyethoxy)ethoxy)ethoxy)ethoxy)ethoxy)ethoxy)carbonylethyl) carboxypiperidin-1-yl)-13,13-dimethyl-3H,13H-indeno[2',3':3,4]naphtho[l,2- b]pyran; (xvi) 3-phenyl-3-(4-methoxyphenyl)-6-methoxy-7-(4-(2-(2-(2-(2-(2-(2-(2- methacryloxyethoxy)ethoxy)ethoxy)ethox.y)ethoxy)ethoxy)carbonylethyl) -91 - carboxypiperidin-1-yl)-13,13-dimethyl-3H,13H-indeno[2',3':3,4]naphtho[l,2- b]pyran; (xvii) 3-phenyl-3-(4-(2-(2-(2-(2-(2-(2-(2-(2-methacryloxyethoxy)ethoxy)ethoxy) ethoxy)ethoxy)ethoxy)carbonylethyl)carboxyethoxy)phenyl)-6-methoxy-7- morpholino-13,13-dimethyl-3H,13H-indeno[2',3':3,4]naphtho[l,2-b]pyran; (xviii) 3 -phenyl-3 -(4-(4-(2-(2-methacryloxyethyl)carbamyloxyethyl)piperazin-1 - yl)phenyl)-13,13-dimethyl-3H,13H-indeno[2',3':3,4]naphtho[l,2-b]pyran; and combinations thereof. 27. The photochromic composition of claim 11 where the photochromic article comprises at least one of a complementary photochromic material, a photoinitiator, a thermal initiator, a polymerization inhibitor, a solvent, a light stabilizer, a heat stabilizer, a mold release agent, a rheology control agent, a leveling agent, a free radical scavenger, an adhesion promoter, a wetting agent, a compatibilizing component, a medicinal agent, an antimicrobial compound, a reactive tint, a pigment, a copolymerizable and nonpolymerizable dye and mixtures thereof. 28. The photochromic composition of claim 14 where the photochromic article comprises at least one of a complementary photochromic material, a photoinitiator, a thermal initiator, a polymerization inhibitor, a solvent, a light stabilizer, a heat stabilizer, a mold release agent, a rheology control agent, a leveling agent, a free radical scavenger, an adhesion promoter, a wetting agent, a compatibilizing component, a medicinal agent, an antimicrobial compound, a reactive tint, a pigment, a copolymerizable and nonpolymerizable dye and mixtures thereof. 29. The ophthalmic device of claim 14 wherein said device is coated with a coating composition comprising the photochromic material. VTN5080 Various non-limiting embodiments of the present disclosure relate to ophthalmic devices comprising photochromic materials comprising a reactive substituent. For example, the present disclosure contemplates ophthalmic devices comprising photochromic materials, such as photochromic naphthopyrans and indeno-fused naphthopyrans having a reactive substituent comprising a reactive moiety linked to the photochromic naphthopyran by one or more linking groups. In certain non-limiting embodiments, the reactive moiety comprises a polymerizable moiety. In other non-limiting embodiments, the reactive moiety comprises a nucleophilic moiety. Other non-limiting embodiments of the present disclosure relate to methods of making the photochromic ophthalmic device, wherein the photochromic ophthalmic devices comprise the photochromic naphthopyrans described herein.

Full Text

OPHTHALMIC DEVICES COMPRISING PHOTOCHROMIC MATERIALS
WITH REACTIVE SUBSTITUENTS
BACKGROUND
[001] Various non-limiting embodiments of the present disclosure relate to
ophthalmic devices comprising photochromic materials comprising a reactive
substituent. Other non-limiting embodiments of the present disclosure relate to
photochromic ophthalmic devices, and methods of making the photochromic
ophthalmic devices, wherein the photochromic ophthalmic devices comprise the
photochromic materials described herein.
[002] Many conventional photochromic materials, such as, for example,
photochromic naphthopyrans, can undergo a transformation from one state to
another in response to the absorption of electromagnetic radiation. For example,
many conventional photochromic materials are capable of transforming between a
first "clear" or "bleached" ground state and a second "colored" activated state in
response to the absorption of certain wavelengths of electromagnetic radiation (or
"actinic radiation"). As used herein the term "actinic radiation" refers to
electromagnetic radiation that is capable of causing a photochromic material to
transform from one form or state to another. The photochromic material may then
revert back to the clear ground state in response to thermal energy in the absence of
actinic radiation. Photochromic articles and compositions that contain one or more
photochromic materials, for example photochromic lenses for eyewear applications,
generally display clear and colored states that correspond to the photochromic
material(s) that they contain. Thus, for example, eyewear lenses that contain
photochromic materials can transform from a clear state to a colored state upon
exposure to actinic radiation, such as certain wavelengths found in sunlight, and can
revert back to the clear state in the absence of such radiation.
[003] When utilized in photochromic articles and compositions, conventional
photochromic materials are typically incorporated into a host polymer matrix by one
of imbibing, blending and/or bonding. For example, one or more photochromic
materials may be intermixed with a polymeric material or precursor thereof, and
VTN5080

- 2 -
thereafter the photochromic composition may be formed into the photochromic
article or, alternatively, the photochromic composition may be coated on a surface of
an optical element as a thin film or layer. As used herein, the term "photochromic
composition" refers to a photochromic material in combination with one or more
other material, which may or may not be a photochromic material. Alternatively,
the photochromic material may be imbibed into a pre-formed article or coating.
[004] In certain circumstances it may be desirable to modify the compatibility of
the photochromic material with the host polymer into which it is incorporated. For
example, by making the photochromic material more compatible with the host
polymer, it is less likely that the combination will demonstrate cloudiness or haze
due to phase separation or migration of the photochromic material in the host
polymer. In addition, compatibilized photochromic materials may be more soluble
in the host polymer and/or more uniformly distributed throughout the polymer
matrix. Further, by modifying the compatibility of a photochromic material with a
host polymer, other properties of the photochromic composition, such as, but not
limited to, fade and/or activation rate, saturated optical density, molar absorptivity or
molar extinction coefficient, and activated color, may also be effected.
Modifications to such properties may be done, for example, to match the same
properties of complementary photochromic materials or to enable the use of such
compounds in hydrophilic or hydrophobic coating compositions, thin films or in
rigid to flexible plastic matrices.
[005] One approach to modifying the compatibility of a photochromic material
with a host polymer is to attach a polymerizable moiety to the photochromic
material via a polyalkoxylated linking group, for example, a polyethylene glycol, a
polypropylene glycol, and/or a polybutylene glycol linking group. One potential
limitation of utilizing polyalkoxylated linking groups is the degree of purity of the
resultant photochromic material that can be readily achieved. For example,
commercially available polyglycols that may be incorporated into the linking groups
of these photochromic materials may comprise mixtures of glycol chains possessing
VTN5080

-3-
differing numbers of glycol units within each chain. Incorporation of these
commercially available polyglycols into the photochromic material may lead to
mixtures of compounds differing in chain lengths and molecular weights. This may
lead to difficulty in purification, since one cannot readily separate out the desired
photochromic materials in these mixtures.
[006] Further, polyalkoxylated linking groups may comprise long chains
containing multiple ether oxygen functionalities, which are inherently hydrophilic.
While this may present certain desirable traits with regard to compatibility with the
host polymer, linking groups with differing hydrophilicities, including linking
groups that may be hydrophobic or, alternatively, linking groups of shorter length,
may provide for different interactions with the host polymer and the resultant
photochromic article.
[007] Accordingly, for some applications it may be desirable to develop
photochromic materials that may be incorporated into a variety of host polymers and
which may comprise one or more reactive substituents having polarities (i.e.
hydrophilicities or lipophilicities) that may more closely match the polarities of the
host polymer. In other applications, it may be desirable to develop photochromic
materials comprising one or more reactive substituent having polarities that do not
match the polarities of the host polymers. In addition, it may be advantageous to
develop photochromic materials comprising reactive substituents of uniform
composition/molecular weight that can be readily purified, such as, by
crystallization, chromatography, or other methods of purification known to one
skilled in the art.
BRIEF SUMMARY
[008] Various non-limiting embodiments disclosed herein relate to ophthalmic
devices comprising photochromic materials. In one non-limiting embodiment the
photochromic material comprises a photochromic naphthopyran and at least one
VTN5080

-4-
reactive substituent bonded to the photochromic naphthopyran, wherein each
reactive substituent is independently represented by one of:
[009] -A-D-E-G-J;
-G-E-G-J;
-D-E-G-J;
-A-D-J;
-D-G-J; and
-D-J;
[010] wherein: (i) each -A- is independently -C(=O)-, -OC(=O)-, -NHC(=O)-, or -
CH2-; (ii) each -D- is independently: (a) a diamine residue or a derivative thereof,
said diamine residue being an aliphatic diamine residue, a cyclo aliphatic diamine
residue, a diazacycloalkane residue, an azacyclo aliphatic amine residue, a
diazacrown ether residue, or an aromatic diamine residue, wherein a first amine
nitrogen of said diamine residue forms a bond with -A- or the photochromic
naphthopyran, and a second amine nitrogen of said diamine residue forms a bond
with -E-, -G-, or -J; or (b) an amino alcohol residue or a derivative thereof, said
amino alcohol residue being an aliphatic amino alcohol residue, a cyclo aliphatic
amino alcohol residue, an azacyclo aliphatic alcohol residue, a diazacyclo aliphatic
alcohol residue, or an aromatic amino alcohol residue, wherein an amine nitrogen of
said amino alcohol residue forms a bond with -A- or the photochromic
naphthopyran, and an alcohol oxygen of said amino alcohol residue forms a bond
with -E-, -G-, or -J, or, alternatively, the amine nitrogen of said amino alcohol
residue forms a bond with -E-, -G-, or -J, and the alcohol oxygen of said amino
alcohol residue forms a bond with -A- or the photochromic naphthopyran; (iii) each
-E- is independently a dicarboxylic acid residue or a derivative thereof, said
dicarboxylic acid residue being an aliphatic dicarboxylic acid residue, a
cycloaliphatic dicarboxylic acid residue, or an aromatic dicarboxylic acid residue,
wherein a first carbonyl group of said dicarboxylic acid residue forms a bond with -
G- or -D-, and a second carbonyl group of said dicarboxylic acid residue forms a
VTN5080

-5-
bond with -G-; (iv) each -G- is independently: (a) -[(OC2H4)x(OC3H6)y(OC4H8)z]-
O-, wherein x, y, and z, are each independently a number between 0 and 50, and the
sum of x, y, and z ranges from 1 to 50; or (b) a polyol residue or a derivative thereof,
said polyol residue being an aliphatic polyol residue, a cyclo aliphatic polyol
residue, or an aromatic polyol residue, wherein a first polyol oxygen of said polyol
residue forms a bond with -E-, -D-, or the photochromic naphthopyran, and a second
polyol oxygen of said polyol residue forms a bond with -E- or -J; and (v) each -J is
independently a group comprising a reactive moiety or residue thereof; or -J is
hydrogen, provided that if -J is hydrogen, -J is bonded to an oxygen of group -D- or
-G-, forming a reactive moiety.
[011] Another non-limiting embodiment comprises an ophthalmic device
comprising a photochromic material represented by the formula PC-[R]r, wherein (a)
PC comprises a photochromic naphthopyran, wherein said photochromic
naphthopyran is a 2H-naphtho[l,2-b]pyran, a 3H-naphtho[2,l-b]pyran, an
indeno[2',3':3,4] naphtho[l,2-b]pyran or an indeno[l',2':4,3]naphtho[2,l-b]pyran or
a mixture thereof; (b) r is an integer ranging from 1 to 4; and (c) each R is a reactive
substituent independently represented by one of:
-A-D-E-G-J;
-G-E-G-J;
-D-E-G-J;
-A-D-J;
-D-G-J; and
-D-J;
wherein: (i) each -A- is independently -C(=O)-, -OC(=O)-, -NHC(=O)-, or -CH2-;
(ii) each -D- is independently: (a) a diamine residue or a derivative thereof, said
diamine residue being an aliphatic diamine residue, a cyclo aliphatic diamine
residue, a diazacycloalkane residue, an azacyclo aliphatic amine residue, a
diazacrown ether residue, or an aromatic diamine residue, wherein a first amine
nitrogen of said diamine residue forms a bond with -A- or PC, and a second amine
VTN5080

-6-
nitrogen of said diamine residue forms a bond with -E-, -G-, or -J; or (b) an amino
alcohol residue or a derivative thereof, said amino alcohol residue being an aliphatic
amino alcohol residue, a cyclo aliphatic amino alcohol residue, an azacyclo aliphatic
alcohol residue, a diazacyclo aliphatic alcohol residue, or an aromatic amino alcohol
residue, wherein an amine nitrogen of said amino alcohol residue forms a bond with
-A- or PC, and an alcohol oxygen of said amino alcohol residue forms a bond with -
E-, -G-, or -J, or said amine nitrogen of said amino alcohol residue forms a bond
with -E-, -G-, or -J, and said alcohol oxygen of said amino alcohol residue forms a
bond with -A- or PC; (iii) each -E- is independently a dicarboxylic acid residue or a
derivative thereof, said dicarboxylic acid residue being an aliphatic dicarboxylic acid
residue, a cycloaliphatic dicarboxylic acid residue, or an aromatic dicarboxylic acid
residue, wherein a first carbonyl group of said dicarboxylic acid residue forms a
bond with -G- or -D-, and a second carbonyl group of said dicarboxylic acid residue
forms a bond with -G-; (iv) each -G- is independently: (a)
-[(OC2H4)x(OC3H6)y(OC4H8)z]-O-, wherein x, y, and z, are each independently a
number between 0 and 50, and the sum of x, y, and z ranges from 1 to 50; or (b) a
polyol residue or a derivative thereof, said polyol residue being an aliphatic polyol
residue, a cyclo aliphatic polyol residue, or an aromatic polyol residue, wherein a
first polyol oxygen of said polyol residue forms a bond with -E-, -D-, or PC, and a
second polyol oxygen of said polyol residue forms a bond with -E- or -J; and (v)
each -J is independently a group comprising acryl, crotyl, methacryl, 2-
(methacryloxy)ethylcarbamyl, 2-(methacryloxy) ethoxycarbonyl, 4-vinylphenyl,
vinyl, 1-chlorovinyl, or epoxy; or -J is hydrogen, provided that if-J is hydrogen, -J
is bonded to an oxygen of group -D- or -G-.
[012] A further non-limiting embodiment comprises an ophthalmic device
comprising a photochromic material represented by one of structures I through IV,
below, or mixtures thereof.
VTN5080

-7-

wherein,
(a) R1 is: a reactive substituent R, wherein said reactive substituent R is
represented by one of:
-A-D-E-G-J;
-G-E-G-J;
-D-E-G-J;
-A-D-J;
-D-G-J; and
-D-J;
wherein
-A- is -C(=O)-, -OC(=O)-, -NHC(=O)-, or -CH2-;
VTN5080

-8-
-D- is: a diamine residue or a derivative thereof, said diamine residue being
an aliphatic diamine residue, a cyclo aliphatic diamine residue, a diazacycloalkane
residue, an azacyclo aliphatic amine residue, a diazacrown ether residue, or an
aromatic diamine residue, wherein a first amine nitrogen of said diamine residue
forms a bond with -A-, structure I, structure II, structure III, or structure IV, and a
second amine nitrogen of said diamine residue forms a bond with -E-, -G-, or -J; or
an amino alcohol residue or a derivative thereof, said amino alcohol residue being an
aliphatic amino alcohol residue, a cyclo aliphatic amino alcohol residue, an azacyclo
aliphatic alcohol residue, a diazacyclo aliphatic alcohol residue, or an aromatic
amino alcohol residue, wherein an amine nitrogen of said amino alcohol residue
forms a bond with -A-, structure I, structure II, structure III, or structure IV, and an
alcohol oxygen of said amino alcohol residue forms a bond with -E-, -G-, or -J, or
said amine nitrogen of said amino alcohol residue forms a bond with -E-, -G-, or -J,
and said alcohol oxygen of said amino alcohol residue forms a bond with -A-,
structure I, structure II, structure III, or structure IV;
-E- is a dicarboxylic acid residue or a derivative thereof, said dicarboxylic
acid residue being an aliphatic dicarboxylic acid residue, a cycloaliphatic
dicarboxylic acid residue, or an aromatic dicarboxylic acid residue, wherein a first
carbonyl group of said dicarboxylic acid residue forms a bond with -G- or -D-, and a
second carbonyl group of said dicarboxylic acid residue forms a bond with -G-;
each -G- is independently: -[(OC2H4)x(OC3H6)y(OC4H8)z]-O-, wherein x, y,
and z, are each independently a number between 0 and 50, and the sum of x, y, and z
ranges from 1 to 50; or a polyol residue or a derivative thereof, said polyol residue
being an aliphatic polyol residue, a cyclo aliphatic polyol residue, or an aromatic
polyol residue, wherein a first polyol oxygen of said polyol residue forms a bond
with -E-, -D-, structure I, structure II, structure III, or structure IV, and a second
polyol oxygen of said polyol residue forms a bond with -E- or -J; and
-J is a group comprising acryl, methacryl, crotyl, 2-(methacryloxy)
ethylcarbamyl, 2-(methacryloxy)ethoxycarbonyl, 4-vinylphenyl, vinyl, 1-
VTN5080

-9-
chlorovinyl, or epoxy, or -J is hydrogen, provided that if -J is hydrogen, -J is bonded
to an oxygen of group -D- or -G-;
or R1 is hydrogen; hydroxyl; C1-C3 alkyl; or the group -C(=O)W, wherein W
is -OR7, -N(R8)R9, piperidino or morpholino, wherein R7 is allyl, C1-C6 alkyl,
phenyl, mono(C1-C6)alkyl substituted phenyl, mono(C1-C6)alkoxy substituted
phenyl, phenyl(C1-C3)alkyl, mono(C1-C6)alkyl substituted phenyl(C1-C3)alkyl,
mono(C1-C6)alkoxy substituted phenyl(C1-C3)alkyl, C1-C6 alkoxy(C2-C4)alkyl or
C1-C6 haloalkyl; Rg and R9 are each independently C1-C6 alkyl, C5-C7 cycloalkyl,
phenyl, mono-substituted phenyl, or di-substituted phenyl, wherein said phenyl
substituents are C1-C6 alkyl or C1-C6 alkoxy, and said halo substituent is chloro or
fluoro;
(b) R1' is: the reactive substituent R; hydrogen; hydroxyl; C1-C3 alkyl; or
the group -C(=O)W, wherein W is -OR7, -N(R8)R9, piperidino or morpholino,
wherein R7 is allyl, C1-C6 alkyl, phenyl, mono(C1-C6)alkyl substituted phenyl,
mono(C1-C6)alkoxy substituted phenyl, phenyl(C1-C3)alkyl, mono(C1-C6)alkyl
substituted phenyl(C1-C3)alkyl, mono(C1-C6)alkoxy substituted phenyl(C1-C3)alkyl,
C1-C6 alkoxy(C2-C4)alkyl or C1-C6 haloalkyl; and R8 and R9 are each independently
C1-C6 alkyl, C5-C7 cycloalkyl, phenyl, mono-substituted phenyl, or di-substituted
phenyl, wherein said phenyl substituents are C1-C6 alkyl or C1-C6 alkoxy, and said
halo substituent is chloro or fluoro;
(c) R2 is the reactive substituent R; hydrogen; C1-C6 alkyl; C3-C7
cycloalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted phenyl; or -OR10; or -OC(=O)R10, wherein
R10 is hydrogen; C1-C6 alkyl, phenyl(C1-C3)alkyl, mono(C1-C6)alkyl substituted
phenyl(C1-C3)alkyl, mono(C1-C6)alkoxy substituted phenyl(C1-C3)alkyl, (C1-
C6)alkoxy(C2-C4)alkyl, C3-C7 cycloalkyl, or mono(C1-C4)alkyl substituted C3-C7
cycloalkyl, and said phenyl substituents are C1-C6 alkyl or C1-C6 alkoxy;
(d) n is an integer ranging from 0 to 4 and each R3 and R4 are
independently for each occurrence: the reactive substituent R; hydrogen; fluoro,
chloro, C1-C6 alkyl; C3-C7 cycloalkyl; substituted or unsubstituted phenyl; -OR10 or
VTN5080

-10-
-OC(=O)R10, wherein R10 is hydrogen, C1-C6 alkyl, phenyl(C1-C3)alkyl, mono(C1-
C6)alkyl substituted phenyl(C1-C3)alkyl, mono(C1-C6)alkoxy substituted phenyl(C1-
C3)alkyl, (C1-C6)alkoxy(C2-C4)alkyl, C3-C7 cycloalkyl, or mono(C1-C4)alkyl
substituted C3-C7 cycloalkyl, and said phenyl substituents are C1-C6 alkyl or C1-C6
alkoxy; a mono-substituted phenyl, said phenyl having a substituent located at the
para position, wherein the substituent is: a dicarboxylic acid residue or derivative
thereof, a diamine residue or derivative thereof, an amino alcohol residue or
derivative thereof, a polyol residue or derivative thereof, -CH2-, -(CH2)t-, or -[O-
(CH2)t]k-, wherein t is an integer 2, 3, 4, 5 or 6 and k is an integer from 1 to 50, the
substituent being connected to an aryl group on another photochromic material;
-N(R11)R12, wherein R11 and R12 are each independently hydrogen, Ci-Cg alkyl,
phenyl, naphthyl, furanyl, benzofuran-2-yl, benzofuran-3-yl, thienyl, benzothien-2-
yl, benzothien-3-yl, dibenzofuranyl, dibenzothienyl, benzopyridyl, fluorenyl, C1-C8
alkylaryl, C3-C20 cycloalkyl, C4- C20 bicycloalkyl, C5- C20 tricycloalkyl or C1- C20
alkoxyalkyl, wherein said aryl group is phenyl or naphthyl, or R11 and R12 come
together with the nitrogen atom to form a C3-C20 hetero-bicycloalkyl ring or a C4-C20
hetero-tricycloalkyl ring; a nitrogen containing ring represented by the following
graphic formula VA:
VA
wherein each -Y- is independently chosen for each occurrence from -CH2-,
-CH(R13)-, -C(R13)2-, -CH(aryl)-, -C(aryl)2-, and -C(R13)(aryl)-, and Z is -Y-, -O-, -
S-, -S(O)-, -SO2-, -NH-, -N(R13)-, or -N(aryl)-, wherein each R13 is independently
C1-C6 alkyl, each aryl is independently phenyl or naphthyl, m is an integer 1, 2 or 3,
and p is an integer 0, 1, 2, or 3 and when p is 0, Z is -Y-; a group represented by one
of the following graphic formulae VB or VC:
VTN5080

-11 -

wherein R15, R16, and R17 are each independently hydrogen, C1-C6 alkyl, phenyl, or
naphthyl, or the groups R15 and R16 together form a ring of 5 to 8 carbon atoms, each
R14 is independently for each occurrence from C1-C6 alkyl, C1-C6 alkoxy, fluoro, or
chloro and p is an integer 0, 1, 2, or 3; and unsubstituted, mono-, or di-substituted
C4-C18 spirobicyclic amine, or unsubstituted, mono- or di-substituted C4-C18
spirotricyclic amine, wherein said substituents are independently aryl, C1-C6 alkyl,
C1-C6 alkoxy, or phenyl(C1-C6)alkyl; or
an R3 group in the 6-position and an R3 group in the 7-position together form
a group represented by one of VD and VE:

wherein T and T' are each independently oxygen or the group -NR11-, where R11,
R15, and R16 are as set forth above;
(e) R5 and R6 are each independently: the reactive substituent R;
hydrogen; hydroxy; C1-C6 alkyl; C3-C7 cycloalkyl; allyl; substituted or unsubstituted
phenyl; substituted or unsubstituted benzyl; chloro; fluoro; -C(=0)W, wherein W
is hydrogen, hydroxy, C1-C6 alkyl, C1-C6 alkoxy, the unsubstituted, mono-or di-
substituted aryl groups phenyl or naphthyl, phenoxy, mono- or di-(C1-C6) alkoxy
substituted phenoxy, mono- or di-(C1-C6)alkoxy substituted phenoxy, amino,
mono(C1-C6)alkylamino, di(C1-C6)alkylamino, phenylamino, mono- or di-(C1-
C6)alkyl substituted phenylamino, or mono- or di-(C1-C6)alkoxy substituted
phenylamino; -OR18, wherein R18 is C1-C6 alkyl, phenyl(C1-C3)alkyl, mono(C1-
VTN5080

-12-
C6)alkyl substituted phenyl(C1-C3)alkyl, mono(C1-C6)alkoxy substituted phenyl(C1-
C3)alkyl, C1-C6 alkoxy(C2-C4)alkyl, C3-C7 cycloalkyl, mono(C1-C4)alkyl substituted
C3-C7 cycloalkyl, C1-C6 chloroalkyl, C1-C6 fluoroalkyl, allyl, or the group
-CH(R19)Y', wherein R19 is hydrogen or C1-C3 alkyl and Y' is CN, CF3, or COOR20,
wherein R20 is hydrogen or C1-C3 alkyl or R18 is the group -C(=O)W", wherein W"
is hydrogen, C1-C6 alkyl, C1-C6 alkoxy, the unsubstituted, mono- or di-substituted
aryl groups phenyl or naphthyl, phenoxy, mono- or di-(C1-C6)alkyl substituted
phenoxy, mono- or di-(C1-C6)alkoxy substituted phenoxy, amino, mono(C1-
C6)alkylamino, di(C1-C6)alkylamino, phenylamino, mono- or di-( C1-C6)alkyl
substituted phenylamino, or mono- or di-( C1-C6)alkoxy substituted phenylamino,
wherein each of said phenyl, benzyl, or aryl group substituents are independently
C1-C6 alkyl or C1-C6 alkoxy; or a mono-substituted phenyl, said phenyl having a
substituent located at the para position, wherein the substituent is: a dicarboxylic
acid residue or derivative thereof, a diamine residue or derivative thereof, an amino
alcohol residue or derivative thereof, a polyol residue or derivative thereof, -CH2-,
-(CH2)r, or -[O-(CH2)t]k-, wherein t is an integer 2, 3, 4, 5 or 6 and k is an integer
from 1 to 50, the substituent being connected to an aryl group on another
photochromic material; or R5 and R6 together form an oxo group, a spiro-carbocyclic
group containing 3 to 6 carbon atoms, or a spiro-heterocyclic group containing 1 to 2
oxygen atoms and 3 to 6 carbon atoms including the spirocarbon atom, said spiro-
carbocyclic and spiro-heterocyclic groups being annellated with 0, 1 or 2 benzene
rings; and
(f) B and B' are each independently: a substituted phenyl; a substituted
aryl; a substituted 9-julolindinyl; a substituted heteroaromatic group chosen from
pyridyl, furanyl, benzofuran-2-yl, benzofuran-3-yl, thienyl, benzothien-2-yl,
benzothien-3-yl, dibenzofuranyl, dibenzothienyl, carbazoyl, benzopyridyl, indolinyl,
and fluorenyl, wherein the phenyl, aryl, 9-julolindinyl, or heteroaromatic substituent
is the reactive substituent R; an unsubstituted, mono-, di-, or tri-substituted phenyl
or aryl group; 9-julolidinyl; and an unsubstituted, mono- or di-substituted
VTN5080

-13-
heteroaromatic group chosen from pyridyl, furanyl, benzofuran-2-yl, benzofuran-3-
yl, thienyl, benzothien-2-yl, benzothien-3-yl, dibenzofuranyl, dibenzothienyl,
carbazoyl, benzopyridyl, indolinyl, and fluorenyl, wherein each of the phenyl, aryl
and heteroaromatic substituents are each independently: hydroxyl, a group -
C(=O)R21, wherein R21 is -OR22, -N(R23)R24, piperidino or morpholino, wherein R22
is allyl, C1-C6 alkyl, phenyl, mono(C1-C6)alkyl substituted phenyl, mono(C1-
C6)alkoxy substituted phenyl, phenyl(C1-C3)alkyl, mono(C1-C6)alkyl substituted
phenyl(C1-C3)alkyl, mono(C1-C6)alkoxy substituted phenyl(C1-C3)alkyl, C1-C6
alkoxy(C2-C4)alkyl or C1-C6 haloalkyl; R23 and R24 are each independently C1-C6
alkyl, C5-C7 cycloalkyl, phenyl or substituted phenyl, the phenyl substituents being
C1-C6 alkyl or C1-C6 alkoxy, and said halo substituent is chloro or fluoro, aryl,
mono(C1-C12)alkoxyaryl, di(C1-C12)alkoxyaryl, mono(C1-C12)alkylaryl, di(C1-
C12)alkylaryl, haloaryl, C3-C7 cycloalkylaryl, C3-C7 cycloalkyl, C3-C7 cycloalkyloxy,
C3-C7 cycloalkyloxy(C1-C12)alkyl, C3-C7 cycloalkyloxy(C1-C12)alkoxy, aryl(C1-
C12)alkyl, aryl(C1-C12)alkoxy, aryloxy, aryloxy(C1-C12)alkyl, aryloxy(C1-
C12)alkoxy, mono- or di(C1-C12)alkylaryl(C1-C12)alkyl, mono- or di-(C1-
C12)alkoxyaryl(C1-C12)alkyl, mono- or di-(C1-C12)alkylaryl(C1-C12)alkoxy, mono- or
di-(C1-C12)alkoxyaryl(C1-C12)alkoxy, amino, mono- or di-(C1-C12)alkylamino,
diarylamino, piperazine, N-(C1-C12)alkylpiperazino, N-arylpiperazino, aziridino,
indolino, piperidino, morpholino, thiomorpholino, tetrahydroquinolino,
tetrahydroisoquinolino, pyrrolidyl, C1-C12 alkyl, C1-C12 haloalkyl, C1-C12 alkoxy,
mono(C1-C12 )alkoxy(C1-C12 )alkyl, acryloxy, methacryloxy or halogen; an
unsubstituted or mono-substituted group chosen from pyrazolyl, imidazolyl,
pyrazolinyl, imidazolinyl, pyrrolinyl, phenothiazinyl, phenoxazinyl, phenazinyl, and
acridinyl, each of said substituents being C1-C12 alkyl, C1-C12 alkoxy, phenyl, or
halogen; a mono-substituted phenyl, said phenyl having a substituent located at the
para position, wherein the substituent is: a dicarboxylic acid residue or derivative
thereof, a diamine residue or derivative thereof, an amino alcohol residue or
derivative thereof, a polyol residue or derivative thereof, -CH2-, -(CH2)r, or -[O-
VTN5080

-14-
(CH2)t]k-, wherein t is an integer 2, 3, 4, 5 or 6 and k is an integer from 1 to 50, the
substituent being connected to an aryl group on another photochromic material; a
group represented by one of:

wherein each K is -CH2- or -O-, and M is -O- or substituted nitrogen, provided that
when M is substituted nitrogen, K is -CH2-, the substituted nitrogen substituents
being hydrogen, C1-C12 alkyl, or C1-C12 acyl, each R25 being independently chosen
for each occurrence from C1-C12 alkyl, C1-C12 alkoxy, hydroxy, and halogen, R26 and
R27 each being independently hydrogen or C1-C12 alkyl, and u is an integer ranging
from 0 to 2; or a group represented by:

wherein R28 is hydrogen or C1-C12 alkyl, and R29 is an unsubstituted, mono-, or di-
substituted group chosen from naphthyl, phenyl, furanyl, and thienyl, wherein the
substituents are C1-C12 alkyl, C1-C12 alkoxy, or halogen; or B and B' taken together
form one of a fluoren-9-ylidene, mono-, or di- substituted fluoren-9-ylidene, each of
said fluoren-9-ylidene substituents being independently chosen from C1-C12 alkyl,
C1-C12 alkoxy, and halogen; provided that the photochromic material comprises at
least one reactive substituent R.
[013] Still other non-limiting embodiments relate to ophthalmic devices
comprising photochromic compositions, and methods of making the same, wherein
the ophthalmic devices comprise a photochromic material according various non-
limiting embodiments disclosed herein.
BRIEF DESCRIPTION OF THE DRAWINGS
VTN5080

-15-
[014] Various non-limiting embodiments of the invention disclosed herein will be
better understood when read in conjunction with the drawings, in which: Figs. 1 and
2 are schematic diagrams of reaction schemes for synthesizing photochromic
materials according to various non-limiting embodiments disclosed herein.
DETAILED DESCRIPTION
[015] As used in this specification and the appended claims, the articles "a," "an,"
and "the" include plural referents unless expressly and unequivocally limited to one
referent.
[016] Additionally, for the purposes of this specification, unless otherwise
indicated, all numbers expressing quantities of ingredients, reaction conditions, and
other properties or parameters used in the specification are to be understood as being
modified in all instances by the term "about." Accordingly, unless otherwise
indicated, it should be understood that the numerical parameters set forth in the
following specification and attached claims are approximations. At the very least,
and not as an attempt to limit the application of the doctrine of equivalents to the
scope of the claims, numerical parameters should be read in light of the number of
reported significant digits and the application of ordinary rounding techniques.
[017] Further, while the numerical ranges and parameters setting forth the broad
scope of the invention are approximations as discussed above, the numerical values
set forth in the Examples section are reported as precisely as possible. It should be
understood, however, that such numerical values inherently contain certain errors
resulting from the measurement equipment and/or measurement technique.
[018] As used herein in the terms "lens" and "ophthalmic device" refer to devices
that reside in or on the eye. These devices can provide optical correction, wound
care, drug delivery, diagnostic functionality, cosmetic enhancement or effect or a
combination of these properties. The terms lens and ophthalmic device includes but
are not limited to soft contact lenses, hard contact lenses, intraocular lenses, overlay
lenses, ocular inserts, and optical inserts.
VTN5080

-16-
[019] Photochromic materials according to various non-limiting embodiments of
the invention will now be discussed. As used herein, the term "photochromic"
means having an absorption spectrum for at least visible radiation that varies in
response to absorption of at least actinic radiation. Further, as used herein, the term
"photochromic material" means any substance that is adapted to display
photochromic properties, i.e., adapted to have an absorption spectrum for at least
visible radiation that varies in response to absorption of at least actinic radiation.
[020] One non-limiting embodiment provides a photochromic material comprising
a photochromic naphthopyran, and a reactive substituent bonded to the
photochromic naphthopyran, wherein the reactive substituent is represented by one
of:
-A-D-E-G-J;
-G-E-G-J;
-D-E-G-J;
-A-D-J;
-D-G-J; and
-D-J.
[021] Non-limiting examples of structures for -A- according to various non-
limiting embodiments of the present disclosure include -C(=O)-, -OC(=O)-, -
NHC(=O)-, and -CH2-.
[022] Non-limiting examples of structures for -D- according to various non-
limiting embodiments of the present disclosure include diamine residues or
derivatives thereof, wherein a first amine nitrogen of said diamine residue forms a
bond with -A- or the photochromic naphthopyran, and a second amine nitrogen of
said diamine residue forms a bond with -E-, -G-, or -J and amino alcohol residues or
derivatives thereor, wherein an amine nitrogen of said amino alcohol residue forms a
bond with -A- or the photochromic naphthopyran, and an alcohol oxygen of said
amino alcohol residue forms a bond with -E-, -G-, or -J, or, alternatively, the amine
nitrogen of said amino alcohol residue forms a bond with -E-, -G-, or -J, and the
VTN5080

-17-
alcohol oxygen of said amino alcohol residue forms a bond with -A- or the
photochromic naphthopyran.
[023] In certain non-limitnig embodiments where -D- is a diamine residue or a
derivative thereof, non-limiting examples of said diamine residue include apliphatic
diamine residues, cyclo aliphatic diamine residues, diazacycloalkane residues,
azacyclo aliphatic amine residues, diazacrown ether residues, and aromatic diamine
residues. Non-liminting examples of diamine residues from which -D- may
bechosen include diamine residues represented by any of the following structures:

[024] In other non-limiting embodiments where -D- is an amino alcohol residue or
a derivative thereof, non-limiting examples of said amino alcohol residue include
aliphatic amino alcohol residues, cyclo aliphatic amino alcohol residues, azacyclo
aliphatic alcohol residues, dazacyclo aliphatic alcohol residues, and aromatic amino
alcohol residues. Non-limiting examples of amino alcohol residues from which -D-
may be chosen include amino alcohol residues represented by any of the following
structures:
VTN5080

-18-

[025] Non-limiting examples of structures for -E- according to various non-
limiting embodiments of the present disclosure include dicarboxylic acid residues or
derivatives thereof, wherein a first carbonyl group of said dicarboxylic acid residue
forms a bond with -G- or -D-, and a second carbonyl group of said dicarboxylic acid
residue forms a bond with -G-. Non-limiting examples of suitable dicarboxylic acid
residues include aliphatic dicarboxylic acid residues, cycloaliphatic dicarboxylic
acid residues, and aromatic dicarboxylic acid residues. Non-limiting examples of
dicarboxylic acid residues from which -E- may be chosen include dicarboxylic
residues represented by any of the following structures:

[026] Non-limiting examples of structures for -G- according to various non-
limiting embodiments of the present disclosure include polyalkyleneglycol residues
and polyol residues and derivatives thereof, wherein a first polyol oxygen of said
polyol residue forms a bond with -E-, -D-, or the photochromic naphthopyran, and a
second polyol oxygen of said polyol residue forms a bond with -E- or -J. Non-
VTN5080

-19-
limiting examples of suitable polyalkyleneglycol residues include the structure:
-[(OC2H4)x(OC3H6)y(OC4H8)z]-O-, wherein x, y, and z, are each independently a
number between 0 and 50, and the sum of x, y, and z ranges from 1 to 50. Non-
limiting examples of suitable polyol residues include aliphatic polyol residues, cyclo
aliphatic polyol residues, and aromatic polyol residues.
[027] As discussed above, -G- can be a residue of a polyol, which is defined herein
to include hydroxy-containing carbohydrates, such as those set forth in U.S. Patent
No. 6,555,028 at col. 7, line 56 to col. 8, line 17, which disclosure is hereby
specifically incorporated by reference herein. The polyol residue may be formed,
for example and without limitation herein, by the reaction of one or more of the
polyol hydroxyl groups with a precursor of-E- or -D-, such as a carboxylic acid or
a methylene halide, a precursor of a polyalkoxylated group, such as polyalkylene
glycol, or a hydroxyl substituent of the indenofused naphthopyran. The polyol may
be represented by U-(OH)a and the residue of the polyol may be represented by the
formula -O-U-(OH)a-1, wherein U is the backbone or main chain of the polyhydroxy
compound and "a" is at least 2.
[028] Examples of polyols from which -G- may be formed include polyols having
at least 2 hydroxy groups such as (a) low molecular weight polyols having an
average molecular weight less than 500, such as, but not limited to, those set forth in
U.S. Patent No. 6,555,028 at col. 4, lines 48-50, and col. 4, line 55 to col. 6, line 5,
which disclosure is hereby specifically incorporated by reference herein; (b) polyster
polyols, such as, but not limited to, those set forth in U.S. Patent No. 6,555,028 at
col. 5, lines 7-33, which disclosure is hereby specifically incorporated by reference
herein; (c) polyether polyols, such as but not limited to those set forth in U.S. Patent
No. 6,555,028 at col. 5, lines 34-50, which disclosure is hereby specifically
incorporated by reference herein; (d) amide-containing polyols, such as, but not
limited to, those set forth in U.S. Patent No. 6,555,028 at col. 5, lines 51-62, which
disclosure is hereby specifically incorporated by reference; (e) epoxy polyols, such
as, but not limited to, those set forth in U.S. Patent No. 6,555,028 at col. 5 line 63 to
VTN5080

-20-
col. 6, line 3, which disclosure is hereby specifically incorporated by reference
herein; (f) polyhydric polyvinyl alcohols, such as, but not limited to, those set forth
in U.S. Patent No. 6,555,028 at col. 6, lines 4-12, which disclosure is hereby
specifically incorporated by reference herein; (g) urethane polyols, such as, but not
limited to those set forth in U.S. Patent No. 6,555,028 at col. 6, lines 13-43, which
disclosure is hereby specifically incorporated by reference herein; (h) polyacrylic
polyols, such as, but not limited to those set forth in U.S. Patent No. 6,555,028 at
col. 6, lines 43 to col. 7, line 40, which disclosure is hereby specifically incorporated
by reference herein; (i) polycarbonate polyols, such as, but not limited to, those set
forth in U.S. Patent No. 6,555,028 at col. 7, lines 41-55, which disclosure is hereby
specifically incorporated by reference herein; and (j) mixtures of such polyols.
[029] In the various non-limiting embodiments of the present disclosure, -J is a
group comprising a reactive moiety or residue thereof; or -J is hydrogen, provided
that if-J is hydrogen, -J is bonded to an oxygen of group -D- or -G-, forming a
reactive moiety.
As used herein, the term "photochromic naphthopyran" is defined as a photochromic
compound having a core naphthopyran substructure that displays photochromic
properties. For example, according to various non-limiting embodiments, the
photochromic naphthopyran is capable of transforming between a first "closed"
form and a second "open" form in response to the absorption of actinic radiation.
Examples of core naphthopyran substructures are presented below:

VTN5080

-21 -
[030] According to various non-limiting embodiments disclosed herein, the groups
B and B' (shown above) are part of the photochromic naphthopyran core
substructure. Without intending to be limited by any particular theory, it is believed
that the B and B' groups may help stabilize the open form of the core naphthopyran
substructure by being in conjugation with the pi-system of the open form of the core
naphthopyran substructure. Suitable structures for B and/or B' are any structures
that have at least one pi-bond that is in conjugation with the pi-system of the open
form of the core naphthopyran substructure, for example, but not limited to, a
substituted or unsubstituted aryl ring (e.g., a substituted or unsubstituted phenyl ring
or naphthyl ring), and substituted or unsubstituted heteroaromatic ring structures.
Various non-limiting examples for structure B and/or B' are discussed in detail
hereinbelow.
[031] Photochromic naphthopyrans that are suitable for use in conjunction with
various non-limiting embodiments disclosed herein, include, but are not limited to,
substituted 2H-naphtho[l,2-b]pyrans, substituted 3H-naphtho[2,l-b]pyrans,
substituted indeno[2',3':3,4]naphtho[l,2-b]pyrans, substituted
indeno[l ',2':4,3]naphtho[2,l-b]pyrans, and mixtures thereof. Photochromic
naphthopyrans having these structures are shown below in structures 1 through 4,
respectively.
VTN5080

-22-

[032] As discussed above, the photochromic materials according to various non-
limiting embodiments disclosed herein, such as photochromic naphthopyrans,
comprise a reactive substituent. As used herein, the term "reactive substituent"
means an arrangement of atoms, wherein a portion of the arrangement comprises a
reactive moiety or residue thereof. According to various non-limiting embodiments
disclosed herein, the reactive substituent further comprises a linking group
connecting the reactive moiety to the photochromic naphthopyran. As used herein,
the term "moiety" means a part or portion of an organic molecule that has a
characteristic chemical property. As used herein, the term "reactive moiety" means
a part or portion of an organic molecule that may react to form one or more covalent
bonds with an intermediate in a polymerization reaction, or with a polymer into
which it has been incorporated. As used herein, the phrase "intermediate in the
polymerization reaction" means any combination of two or more host monomer
VTN5080

-23-
units that are capable of reacting to form one or more bonds to additional host
monomer unit(s) to continue a polymerization reaction or, alternatively, reacting
with a reactive moiety of the reactive substituent on the photochromic material. For
example, in one non-limiting embodiment the reactive moiety may react as a co-
monomer in the polymerization reaction. Alternatively, but not limiting herein, the
reactive moiety may react with the intermediate as a nucleophile or electrophile. As
used herein, the term "host monomer or oligomer" means the monomeric or
oligomeric material(s) into which the photochromic materials of the present
disclosure may be incorporated. As used herein, the terms "oligomer" or
"oligomeric material" refer to a combination of two or more monomer units that are
capable of reacting with an additional monomer unit(s). As used herein, the term
"linking group" means one or more group(s) or chain(s) of atoms that connect the
reactive moiety to the photochromic naphthopyran. As used herein, the term
"residue of a reactive moiety" means that which remains after a reactive moiety has
been reacted with either a protecting group or an intermediate in a polymerization
reaction. As used herein, the term "protecting group" means a group of atoms
removably bonded to the reactive moiety that prevents the reactive moiety from
participating in a reaction until the group is removed.
[033] In one non-limiting embodiment, the reactive moiety comprises a
polymerizable moiety. As used herein, the term "polymerizable moiety" means a
part or portion of an organic molecule that can participate as a co-monomer in a
polymerization reaction of a host monomer or oligomer. In another non-limiting
embodiment, the reactive moiety comprises a nucleophilic moiety that reacts to form
a bond with an electrophilic moiety on either the intermediate in the polymerization
reaction or the host polymer. Alternatively, in another non-limiting embodiment,
the reactive moiety comprises an electrophilic moiety that reacts to form a bond with
a nucleophilic moiety on either the intermediate in the polymerization reaction or the
host polymer. As used herein, the term "nucleophilic moiety" means an atom or
grouping of atoms that is electron rich. As used herein, the term "electrophilic
VTN5080

-24-
moiety" means an atom or grouping of atoms that is electron poor. It is appreciated
by one skilled in the art that nucleophilic moieties can react with electrophilic
moieties, for example to form a covalent bond therebetween.
[034] As discussed above, in one non-limiting embodiment, the ophthalmic
devices of the present invention compromise a photochromic naphthopyran and a
reactive substituent bonded to the photochromic naphthopyran. The reactive
substituent may be bonded to the photochromic naphthopyran at a variety of
positions on the photochromic naphthopyran. Referring to the numbering scheme
associated with structures 1, 2, 3, and 4 above, according to certain non-limiting
embodiments, a reactive substituent(s) may be attached to the naphthopyran as
follows. For structures 1 or 2, a reactive substituent may be bonded to the
naphthopyran at any of the positions numbered 5 through 10. For structures 3 or 4, a
reactive substituent may be bonded to the indeno-fused naphthopyran at any of the
positions numbered 5 through 13. In addition, for structures 1, 2, 3, and 4, a reactive
substituent may additionally or alternatively be bonded to group B and/or group B'.
[035] For example, according to various non-limiting embodiments disclosed
herein wherein the photochromic naphthopyran comprises a 2H-naphtho[l,2-
b]pyran or a 3H-naphtho[2,l-b]pyran, structures 1 or 2 respectively, a reactive
substituent may be bonded to the photochromic naphthopyran by replacing a
hydrogen on the rings of the naphtho-portion of the photochromic naphthopyran
with a reactive substituent. Alternatively or in addition, a reactive substituent may
be bonded to photochromic naphthopyran 1 or 2 by replacing a hydrogen on the B
and/or B' groups of the photochromic naphthopyran with a reactive substituent.
According to other non-limiting embodiments, wherein the photochromic
naphthopyran comprises an indeno[2',3':3,4] naphtho[l,2-b]pyran or an
indeno[l',2':4,3 ]naphtho [2,l-b]pyran, structures 3 or 4 respectively, a reactive
substituent may be bonded to the photochromic naphthopyran by replacing a
hydrogen on the rings of the indeno-fused naphtho-portion of the photochromic
naphthopyran with a reactive substituent. Alternatively or in addition, a reactive
VTN5080

-25-
substituent may be bonded to photochromic naphthopyran 3 or 4 by replacing a
hydrogen on the B and/or B' groups of the photochromic naphthopyran with a
reactive substituent.
[036] As discussed above, according to various non-limiting embodiments
disclosed herein, the reactive substituent may be represented by one of the following
groupings of structures:
-A-D-E-G-J;
-G-E-G-J;
-D-E-G-J;
-A-D-J;
-D-G-J; and
-D-J;
wherein the groups -A-, -D-, -E-, and -G- are as set forth above, and -J is a group
comprising a reactive moiety or residue of a reactive moiety; or -J is hydrogen,
provided that if -J is hydrogen, -J is bonded to an oxygen of group -D- or -G-,
forming a reactive moiety. The -J group may comprise any moiety capable of
reacting with an intermediate in the polymerization reaction or the host monomer.
For example, in one non-limiting embodiment, the -J group comprises a
polymerizable moiety that can react as a co-monomer in an addition-type
polymerization reaction or a condensation-type polymerization reaction of the host
monomer, resulting in a co-polymer of the photochromic material and the host
polymer. As used herein, the term "addition-type polymerization reaction" means a
polymerization reaction in which the resultant polymer contains all of the atoms
originally present in the monomer units. As used herein, the term "condensation-
type polymerization reaction" means a polymerization reaction in which the
resultant polymer does not contain all of the atoms originally present in the
monomer units. As used herein, the term "host polymer" means the polymer that
results from polymerization of the host monomer. For example, in certain non-
limiting embodiments, the host polymer may include polymers that may contain a
VTN5080

-26-
functionality that can react to form a bond with a reactive substituent on the
photochromic material. In other non-limiting embodiments, the host polymer may
be the polymer in which the photochromic material is incorporated within or
otherwise co-polymerized with or bonded to. In another non-limiting embodiment,
the -J group comprises a nucleophilic or electrophilic moiety that can react with an
electrophilic or nucleophilic moiety, respectively, on an intermediate in the
polymerization reaction or on the host polymer. In another non-limiting
embodiment, -J comprises a hydrogen, provided that when -J is hydrogen, -J is
bonded to an oxygen of group -D- or -G-, forming a reactive moiety, i.e., a hydroxyl
group.
[037] When -J is bonded to an oxygen or a nitrogen, reactive moieties suitable for
use in various non-limiting embodiments of the present disclosure include, but are
not limited to, acryl, methacryl, crotyl, 2-(methacryloxy)ethylcarbamyl, 2-
(methacryloxy) ethoxycarbonyl, 4-vinylphenyl, vinyl, 1 -chlorovinyl, and epoxy.
Structures corresponding to such reactive moieties are shown below:

[038] Alternatively, -J may be hydrogen, provided that if -J is hydrogen, -J is
bonded to an oxygen, such that the linkage is terminated by a reactive hydroxyl
group, wherein the hydroxyl group comprises the reactive moiety.
VTN5080

-27-
[039] As indicated above, the reactive substituent according to various non-
limiting embodiments disclosed herein may comprise one or more groups -A-, -D-, -
E-, and -G- which connect the group -J to the photochromic naphthopyran. As used
herein, linking groups, as defined above, may comprise one or more of the groups
-A-, -D-, -E-, and -G-. That is, various combinations of groups -A-, -D-, -E-, and -
G- can form the linking group portion of the reactive substituent. As defined herein,
the term "group" or "groups" means an arrangement of one or more atoms.
[040] The structure of the linking groups of the various non-limiting embodiments
will now be discussed in detail. As discussed above, the linking group portion of the
reactive substituent comprises various combinations of the groups -A-, -D-, -E-, and
-G-. For example, in certain non-limiting embodiments, the linking group portion of
the reactive substituent comprises: -A-D-E-G-, -G-E-G-, -D-E-G-, -A-D-, -D-G-, or
-D-, wherein a first group of the linking group is bonded to the photochromic
naphthopyran at a position as set forth above and a second group of the linking
group is bonded to the -J group as discussed in detail below. It will be understood
by one having skill in the art that linking groups comprising various combinations of
the groups -A-, -D-, -E-, and -G- can be synthesized by a variety of methods and the
bond connections discussed below are for illustration purposes only and are in no
way intended to imply a particular required or preferred synthetic approach to
making the reactive substituent.
[041] The connections between the various groups, i.e., -A-, -D-, -E-, and -G-,
according to various non-limiting embodiments will now be discussed. In one non-
limiting embodiment, the -A- group forms a bond with the photochromic
naphthopyran and a bond with the -D- group. According to this non-limiting
embodiment, the A-D bond may be a covalent bond between the carbonyl or
methylene carbon of the -A- group and a nitrogen or oxygen of the diamine residue
or amino alcohol residue of the -D- group. For example, according to various non-
limiting embodiments, when -A- comprises a carbonyl carbon, the A-D bond may be
an amide or an ester bond. In another non-limiting embodiment, when -A-
VTN5080

-28-
comprises a methylene carbon, the A-D bond may be an amine or ether bond. As
used herein, the term "methylene" means an organic group having the structure
-CH2-.
[042] In other non-limiting embodiments, the -D- group forms a bond with an -A-
group (as described above) or the photochromic naphthopyran and a bond with an -
E- or -G- group. According to one non-limiting embodiment, the D-E bond may be
a covalent bond between a nitrogen or oxygen of the diamine residue or amino
alcohol residue of the -D- group and the carbonyl carbon of one of the carboxylic
acid residues of the -E- group, forming an amide or ester bond therebetween.
According to another non-limiting embodiment, the D-G bond may be a covalent
bond wherein the nitrogen or oxygen of the diamine residue or amino alcohol
residue of the -D- group replaces a terminal oxygen residue on the polyol residue or
polyalkyleneglycol residue of the -G- group, thereby forming an amine or ether
bond.
[043] In other non-limiting embodiments, the -E- group forms a bond with a -D-
group (as described above) or a first -G- group and a bond with a second -G- group.
According to these non-limiting embodiments, the E-G bond may be a covalent
bond between a terminal oxygen residue on the polyol residue or polyalkyleneglycol
residue of the -G- group and the carbonyl carbon of one of the carboxylic acid
residues of the -E- group, forming an ester bond therebetween.
[044] As previously discussed, the physical and chemical nature of linking groups
may have an effect on the overall properties of the photochromic material. For
example, in one non-limiting embodiment, the linking groups of the reactive
substituent may have a hydrophilic nature such that the photochromic material may
be more readily soluble in hydrophilic or polar host monomers. In another non-
limiting embodiment, the linking groups of the reactive substituent may have a
lipophilic nature such that the photochromic material may be more readily soluble in
lipophilic or nonpolar host monomers.
VTN5080

-29-
[045] The linking groups according to certain non-limiting embodiments of the
present disclosure may also be of a uniform length and/or composition such that the
resultant photochromic material may be more readily purified, when compared to a
photochromic material having linking groups of non-uniform length. For example,
in certain non-limiting embodiments where the linking group is of a uniform length
and/or composition, the resultant photochromic material may be crystalline and
therefore may be purified by recrystallization. In other non-limiting embodiments,
where the linking group is of a uniform length and/or composition, the resultant
photochromic material may be readily purified by chromatographic methods or other
methods of purification known to one skilled in the art. For example, in one non-
limiting embodiment set forth in Example 3, the photochromic material (i.e., 3-
phenyl-3-(4-morpholinophenyl)-6-methoxy-7-(4-(2-
methacryloxyethyl)carbamylpiperizin-1 -yl)-13,13-dimethyl-3H, 13H-
indeno[2',3':3,4]naphtho[l,2-b]pyran) comprises a photochromic naphthopyran with
a reactive substituent corresponding to -D-J. According to this non-limiting
embodiment, the photochromic material may be purified by crystallization with an
ethyl acetate/hexanes mixture to yield purple-tinted crystals. In another non-limiting
embodiment set forth in Example 5, the photochromic material (i.e., 3-phenyl-3-(4-
(4-(2-methacryloxyethyl)carbamylpiperazin-1 -yl)phenyl)-6,11 -dimethoxy-13,13-
dimethyl-3H,13H-indeno[2',3':3,4]naphtho[l,2-b]pyran) comprises a photochromic
naphthopyran with a reactive substituent corresponding to -D-J. According to this
non-limiting embodiment, the photochromic material may be purified by silica gel
chromatography to yield a green expanded foam solid. In other non-limiting
embodiments, an intermediate in the synthesis of the photochromic material may be
readily purified by recrystallization methods, chromatographic methods or other
methods of purification know to one skilled in the art.
[046] Bonding between the various linking group(s) and the group -J will now be
discussed. According to various non-limiting embodiments disclosed herein, the
group -J may be bonded to the linking group by a G-J bond or a D-J bond. In certain
VTN5080

-30-
non-limiting embodiments where the reactive moiety -J is bonded to the linking
group by a G-J bond, the G-J bond may have many possible structures. For
example, when -J is acryl, methacryl, or crotyl, the G-J bond may be an ester bond,
that is, a terminal oxygen residue of the -G- group bonds with the carbonyl of the -J
group. Alternatively, when -J is 2-(methacryloxy)ethylcarbamyl or 2-
(methacryloxy)ethoxycarbonyl, the G-J bond may be a carbamate and carbonate
bond, respectively, where a terminal oxygen residue of the -G- group bonds with the
carbonyl of the ethyl carbamyl or ethoxycarbonyl portion of the -J group. Further,
when -J is 4-vinylphenyl, vinyl, 1-chlorovinyl or epoxy, the G-J bond may be an
ether bond between a terminal oxygen residue of the -G- group and the carbon of the
-J group. In certain non-limiting embodiments, the -J group may be a hydrogen,
such that the G-J bond is an oxygen-hydrogen bond resulting in a reactive moiety,
i.e., a hydroxyl group, on the linking group.
[047] In other non-limiting embodiments where the reactive moiety -J is bonded to
the linking group by a D-J bond, the D-J bond may have many possible structures.
For example, when -J is acryl, methacryl, or crotyl, the D-J bond may be an ester or
amide bond, that is, an alcohol oxygen or an amine nitrogen on the amino alcohol
residue or diamine residue of the -D- group bonds with the carbonyl of the -J group.
Alternatively, when -J is 2-(methacryloxy)ethylcarbamyl or 2-
(methacryloxy)ethoxycarbonyl, the D-J bond may be a urea, carbamate, or carbonate
bond, where an amine nitrogen on the diamine residue or amino alcohol residue, or
an alcohol oxygen on the amino alcohol residue of the -D- group bonds with the
carbonyl of the ethylcarbamyl or ethoxycarbonyl portion of the -J- group. Further,
when -J is 4-vinylphenyl, vinyl, 1-chlorovinyl or epoxy, the D-J may be an amine or
ether bond between an amine nitrogen or the alcohol oxygen, respectively, of the -D-
group and the carbon of the -J group. In certain non-limiting embodiments, when -
D- is an amino alcohol, the - J group may be a hydrogen bonded to the oxygen of the
amino alcohol residue, such that the D-J bond is an oxygen-hydrogen bond, resulting
in a reactive moiety, i.e., a hydroxyl group, on the linking group.
VTN5080

-31-
[048] According to various non-limiting embodiments disclosed herein, wherein -J
is acryl, methacryl, 2-(methacryloxy)ethylcarbamyl or epoxy, -J may be attached to
the -D- or -G- group of the linking group by condensation of-D- or -G- with
acryloyl chloride, methacryloyl chloride, 2-isocyanatoethyl methacrylate or
epichlorohydrin, respectively.
[049] Another non-limiting embodiment provides a photochromic material
represented by:
[050] PC-[R]r
wherein: (a) PC comprises a photochromic naphthopyran, which may be for
example, without limitation, a 2H-naphtho[l,2-b]pyran, a 3H-naphtho[2,l-b]pyran,
an indeno[2',3':3,4]naphtho[l,2-b]pyran, an indeno[l',2':4,3]naphtho[2,l-b]pyran,
or a mixture thereof; (b) r is an integer ranging from 1 to 4; and (c) R is a reactive
substituent represented by one of:
-A-D-E-G-J;
-G-E-G-J;
-D-E-G-J;
-A-D-J;
-D-G-J; and
-D-J;
wherein the groups -A-, -D-, -E-, and -G- are as set forth above, and-J is a group
comprising a reactive moiety or residue thereof; or -J is hydrogen, provided that if -J
is hydrogen, -J is bonded to an oxygen of group -D- or -G-, forming a reactive
moiety. Non-limiting examples of -J, according to certain non-limiting
embodiments include acryl, crotyl, methacryl, 2-(methacryloxy)ethylcarbamyl, 2-
(methacryloxy)ethoxycarbonyl, 4-vinylphenyl, vinyl, 1-chlorovinyl, and epoxy.
[051] As discussed with respect to the various non-limiting embodiments set forth
above, the reactive substituent R according to this non-limiting embodiment may be
bonded to the photochromic naphthopyran PC in a variety of positions. For
example, when PC is a 2H-naphtho[l,2-b]pyran or a 3H-naphtho[2,l-b]pyran, a
VTN5080

-32-
reactive substituent R may be bonded at any of the positions numbered 5 through 10
according to structures 1 or 2 above. When PC is an indeno[2',3':3,4]naphtho[l,2-
b]pyran or an indeno[l',2':4,3] naphtho[2,l-b]pyran, a reactive substituent R may be
bonded at any of the positions numbered 5 through 13 according to structures 3 or 4
above. In addition or alternatively, when PC is a 2H-naphtho[l,2-b]pyran, a 3H-
naphtho[2,l-b]pyran naphthopyran, an indeno[2',3':3,4]naphtho [l,2-b]pyran or an
indeno[l',2':4,3]riaphtho[2,l-b]pyran, a reactive substituent R may be bonded to
group B and/or group B'.
[052] Further, as indicated above, the photochromic materials according to various
non-limiting embodiments disclosed herein may comprises one reactive substituent
R or may comprise multiple reactive substituents R, each of which may be the same
or different. For example, according to one non-limiting embodiment wherein r is 2,
the photochromic materials comprise two reactive substituents R, which may be the
same or different, and which may be bonded to the photochromic naphthopyran PC
at two of the numbered positions set forth above, at one of the numbered positions
and on one of the B or B' groups, or both R substituents may be bonded to the
photochromic naphthopyran PC at the B and/or B' group.
[053] According to still other non-limiting embodiments disclosed herein, the
photochromic material comprising at least one reactive substituent can be
represented by the following structures I through IV, or a mixture thereof:
VTN5080

-33-

[054] Referring to structure II above, according to various non-limiting
embodiments of the present disclosure, non-limiting examples for the structure of
group R1 include: the reactive substituent R; hydrogen, hydroxy, C1-C3 alkyl; and
the group, -C(=0)W, wherein W is -OR7, -N(R8)R9, piperidino or morpholino,
wherein R7 is allyl, C1-C6 alkyl, phenyl, mono(C1-C6)alkyl substituted phenyl,
mono(C1-C6)alkoxy substituted phenyl, phenyl(C1-C3)alkyl, mono(C1-C6)alkyl
substituted phenyl(C1-C3)alkyl, mono(C1-C6)alkoxy substituted phenyl(C1-C3)alkyl,
C1-C6 alkoxy(C2-C4)alkyl or C1-C6 haloalkyl, Rg and R9 are each independently
chosen from C1-C6 alkyl, C5-C7 cycloalkyl, phenyl, mono-substituted phenyl, and di-
substituted phenyl, said phenyl substituents are C1-C6 alkyl or C1-C6 alkoxy, and
said halo substituent are chloro or fluoro.
VTN5080

-34-
[055] Referring now to structure I above, according to various non-limiting
embodiments of the present disclosure, non-limiting examples for the structure of
group R1' include: the reactive substituent R; hydrogen; hydroxy; C1-C3 alkyl; and
the group -C(=O)W, wherein W is -OR7, -N(R8)R9, piperidino or morpholino,
wherein R7 is allyl, C1-C6 alkyl, phenyl, mono(C1-C6)alkyl substituted phenyl,
mono(C1-C6)alkoxy substituted phenyl, phenyl(C1-C3)alkyl, mono(C1-C6)alkyl
substituted phenyl(C1-C3)alkyl, mono(C1-C6)alkoxy substituted phenyl(C1-C3)alkyl,
C1-C6 alkoxy(C2-C4)alkyl or C1-C6 haloalkyl, and R8 and R9 are each independently
chosen from C1-C6 alkyl, C5-C7 cycloalkyl, phenyl, mono-substituted phenyl, and di-
substituted phenyl, wherein said phenyl substituents are C1-C6 alkyl or C1-C6
alkoxy, and said halo substituent are chloro or fluoro.
[056] Referring now to structures I and II above, according to various non-limiting
embodiments of the present disclosure, non-limiting examples for the structure of
group R2 include: the reactive substituent R; hydrogen; C1-C6 alkyl; C3-C7
cycloalkyl; substituted or unsubstituted phenyl; and -OR10; or -OC(=O)R|0, wherein
Rio is hydrogen, C1-C6 alkyl, phenyl(C1-C3)alkyl, mono(C1-C6)alkyl substituted
phenyl(C1-C3)alkyl, mono(C1-C6)alkoxy substituted phenyl(C1-C3)alkyl, (C1-
C6)alkoxy(C2-C4)alkyl, C3-C7 cycloalkyl, or mono(C1-C4)alkyl substituted C3-C7
cycloalkyl, and said phenyl substituents are C1-C6 alkyl or C1-C6 alkoxy.
[057] Referring now to structures I, II, III, and IV above, in various non-limiting
embodiments of the present disclosure, non-limiting examples of structures for each
R3 and each R4 independently include: the reactive substituent R; hydrogen; fluoro;
chloro; C1-C6 alkyl; C3-C7 cycloalkyl; substituted or unsubstituted phenyl; -OR10; or
-OC(=0)Rio, wherein R10 is hydrogen, C1-C6 alkyl, phenyl(C1-C3)alkyl, mono(C1-
C6)alkyl substituted phenyl(C]-C3)alkyl, mono(C1-C6)alkoxy substituted phenyl(C1-
C3)alkyl, (C1-C6)alkoxy(C2-C4)alkyl, C3-C7 cycloalkyl, or mono(C1-C4)alkyl
substituted C3-C7 cycloalkyl, and said phenyl substituents are C1-C6 alkyl or C1-C6
alkoxy; and a mono-substituted phenyl, said phenyl having a substituent located at
the para position, wherein the substituent is: a dicarboxylic acid residue or
VTN5080

-35-
derivative thereof, a diamine residue or derivative thereof, a amino alcohol residue
or derivative thereof, a polyol residue or derivative thereof, -CH2-, -(CH2)t-, or -[O-
(CH2)t]k-, wherein t is an integer 2, 3, 4, 5, or 6 and k is an integer from 1 to 50, the
substituent being connected to an aryl group on another photochromic material. For
structures I, II, III, and IV, n is an integer from 1 to 4.
[058] Other non-limiting examples of structures for each R3 and each R4 include a
nitrogen containing group, wherein the nitrogen containing group may be
-N(R11)R12, wherein R11 and R12 are each independently hydrogen, C1-C8 alkyl,
phenyl, naphthyl, furanyl, benzofuran-2-yl, benzofuran-3-yl, thienyl, benzothien-2-
yl, benzothien-3-yl, dibenzofuranyl, dibenzothienyl, benzopyridyl, fluorenyl, Ci-Cg
alkylaryl, C3-C20 cycloalkyl, C4-C20 bicycloalkyl, C5-C20 tricycloalkyl or C1-C20
alkoxyalkyl, wherein said aryl group is phenyl or naphthyl, or R11 and R12 come
together with the nitrogen atom to form a C3-C20 hetero-bicycloalkyl ring or a C4-C20
hetero-tricycloalkyl ring; a nitrogen containing ring represented by the following
graphic formula VA:
wherein each Y is independently for each occurrence -CH2-, -CH(R13)-, -C(R13)2-, -
CH(aryl)-, -C(aryl)2-, or -C(R13)(aryl)-, and Z is -Y-, -O-, -S-, -S(O)-, -SO2-, -NH-, -
N(R13)-, or -N(aryl)-, wherein each R13 is independently C1-C6 alkyl, each aryl is
independently phenyl or naphthyl, m is an integer 1, 2 or 3, and p is an integer 0, 1,2,
or 3 and when p is 0, Z is Y; a group represented by one of the following graphic
formulae VB or VC:
VTN5080

-36-

wherein R15, R16, and R17 are each independently hydrogen, C1-C6 alkyl, phenyl, or
naphthyl, or R15 and R16 together may form a ring of 5 to 8 carbon atoms and each
R14 is independently for each occurrence C1-C6 alkyl, C1-C6 alkoxy, fluoro or chloro
and p is an integer 0, 1, 2, or 3; unsubstituted, mono-, or di-substituted C4-C18
spirobicyclic amine; and unsubstituted, mono-, or di-substituted C4-C18 spirotricyclic
amine; wherein said spirobicyclic and spirotricyclic amine substituents are
independently for each occurrence aryl, C1-C6 alkyl, C1-C6 alkoxy, or phenyl(C1-
C6)alkyl.
[059] Alternatively, according to various non-limiting embodiments disclosed
herein, an R3 group in the 6-position and an R3 group in the 7-position, according to
the numbering set forth in structures 1, 2, 3, and 4 above, together form a group
represented by graphic formulae VD or VE:

wherein T and T are each independently oxygen or the group -NR11-, where R11,
R15, and R16 are as set forth above.
[060] Referring now to structures III and IV above, according to various non-
limiting embodiments of the present disclosure, non-limiting examples of the
structure for each of groups R5 and R6 may independently include: the reactive
substituent R; hydrogen; hydroxy; C1-C6 alkyl; C3-C7 cycloalkyl; allyl; phenyl;
mono-substituted phenyl; benzyl; mono-substituted benzyl; chloro; fluoro; the group
-C(=O)W, wherein W is hydroxy, C1-C6 alkyl, C1-C6 alkoxy, phenyl, mono-
VTN5080

-37-
substituted phenyl, amino, mono(C1-C6)alkylamino, or di(C1-C6)alkylamino; -OR18,
wherein R18 is C1-C6 alkyl, phenyl(C1-C3)alkyl, mono(C1-C6)alkyl substituted
phenyl(C1-C3)alkyl, mono(C1-C6)alkoxy substituted phenyl(C1-C3)alkyl, C1-C6
alkoxy(C2-C4)alkyl, C3-C7 cycloalkyl, mono(C1-C4)alkyl substituted C3-C7
cycloalkyl, C1-C6 chloroalkyl, C1-C6 fluoroalkyl, allyl, or the group, -CH(R19)Y',
wherein R19 is hydrogen or C1-C3 alkyl and Y' is CN, CF3, or COOR20, wherein R20
is hydrogen or C1-C3 alkyl, or R18 is the group, -C(=O)W", wherein W" is
hydrogen, C1-C6 alkyl, C1-C6 alkoxy, the unsubstituted, mono-, or di-substituted aryl
groups phenyl or naphthyl, phenoxy, mono- or di-(C1-C6)alkyl substituted phenoxy,
mono- or di-(C|-C6)alkoxy substituted phenoxy, amino, mono(C1-C6)alkylamino,
di(C1-C6)alkylamino, phenylamino, mono- or di-(C1-C6)alkyl substituted
phenylamino, or mono- or di-( C1-C6)alkoxy substituted phenylamino, wherein each
of said phenyl, benzyl or aryl group substituents are independently C1-C6 alkyl or
C1-C6 alkoxy; and a mono-substituted phenyl, said phenyl having a substituent
located at the para position, wherein the substituent is: a dicarboxylic acid residue
or derivative thereof, a diamine residue or derivative thereof, a amino alcohol
residue or derivative thereof, a polyol residue or derivative thereof, -CH2-, -(CH2)r,
or -[O-(CH2)t]k-, wherein t is an integer 2, 3, 4, 5 or 6 and k is an integer from 1 to
50, the substituent being connected to an aryl group on another photochromic
material.
[061] Alternatively, in certain non-limiting embodiments, R5 and R6 can together
form an oxo group, a spiro-carbocyclic group containing 3 to 6 carbon atoms, or a
spiro-heterocyclic group containing 1 to 2 oxygen atoms and 3 to 6 carbon atoms
including the spirocarbon atom, said spiro-carbocyclic and spiro-heterocyclic groups
being annellated with 0, 1 or 2 benzene rings.
[062] Referring again to structures I, II, III, and IV above, according to various
non-limiting embodiments, non-limiting examples of the structure of the groups B
and B' may each independently include: a substituted phenyl; a substituted aryl; a
substituted 9-julolindinyl; a substituted heteroaromatic group, such as pyridyl
VTN5080

-38-
furanyl, benzofuran-2-yl, benzofuran-3-yl, thienyl, benzothien-2-yl, benzothien-3-yl,
dibenzofuranyl, dibenzothienyl, carbazoyl, benzopyridyl, indolinyl, or fluorenyl,
wherein one or more phenyl, aryl, 9-julolindinyl, or heteroaromatic substituent is the
reactive substituent R; an unsubstituted, mono-, di-, or tri-substituted phenyl or aryl
group; 9-julolidinyl; or an unsubstituted, mono- or di-substituted heteroaromatic
group; such as pyridyl, furanyl, benzofuran-2-yl, benzofuran-3-yl, thienyl,
benzothien-2-yl, benzothien-3-yl, dibenzofuranyl, dibenzothienyl, carbazoyl,
benzopyridyl, indolinyl or fluorenyl, wherein each of the phenyl, aryl and
heteroaromatic substituents are independently chosen from: hydroxyl, a group -
C(=O)R21, wherein R21 is -OR22, -N(R23)R24, piperidino, or morpholino, wherein R22
is allyl, C1-C6 alkyl, phenyl, mono(C1-C6)alkyl substituted phenyl, mono(C1-
C6)alkoxy substituted phenyl, phenyl(C1-C3)alkyl, mono(C1-C6)alkyl substituted
phenyl(C1-C3)alkyl, mono(C1-C6)alkoxy substituted phenyl(C1-C3)alkyl, C1-C6
alkoxy(C2-C4)alkyl or C1-C6 haloalkyl, and R23 and R24 are each independently C1-
C6 alkyl, C5-C7 cycloalkyl, phenyl or substituted phenyl, wherein the phenyl
substituents are C1-C6 alkyl or C1-C6 alkoxy, and said halo substituent are chloro or
fluoro, and aryl, mono(C1-C12)alkoxyaryl, di(C1-C12)alkoxyaryl, mono(C1-
C12)alkylaryl, di(C1-C12)alkylaryl, haloaryl, C3-C7 cycloalkylaryl, C3-C7 cycloalkyl,
C3-C7 cycloalkyloxy, C3-C7 cycloalkyloxy(C1-C12)alkyl, C3-C7 cycloalkyloxy(C1-
C12)alkoxy, aryl(C1-C12)alkyl, aryl(C1-C12)alkoxy, aryloxy, aryloxy(C1-C12)alkyl,
aryloxy(C1-C12)alkoxy, mono- or di(C1-C12)alkylaryl(C1-C12)alkyl, mono- or di-(d-
C12)alkoxyaryl(C1-C12)alkyl, mono- or di-(C1-C12)alkylaryl(C|-C12)alkoxy, mono- or
di-(C1-C12)alkoxyaryl(C1-C12)alkoxy, amino, mono- or di-(C1-C12)alkylamino,
diarylamino, piperazino, N-(C1-C12)alkylpiperazino, N-arylpiperazino, aziridino,
indolino, piperidino, morpholino, thiomorpholino, tetrahydroquinolino,
tetrahydroisoquinolino, pyrrolidyl, C1-C12 alkyl, C1-C12 haloalkyl, C1-C12 alkoxy,
mono(C1-C12 )alkoxy(C1-C12 )alkyl, acryloxy, methacryloxy, and halogen; an
unsubstituted or mono-substituted group, such as pyrazolyl, imidazolyl, pyrazolinyl,
imidazolinyl, pyrrolinyl, phenothiazinyl, phenoxazinyl, phenazinyl, or acridinyl,
VTN5080

-39-
wherein each of said substituents are independently C1-C12 alkyl, C1-C12 alkoxy,
phenyl, or halogen; a mono-substituted phenyl, said phenyl having a substituent
located at the para position, wherein the substituent is: a dicarboxylic acid residue
or derivative thereof, a diamine residue or derivative thereof, an amino alcohol
residue or derivative thereof, a polyol residue or derivative thereof, -CH2-, -(CH2)t-,
or -[O-(CH2)t]k-, wherein t is an integer 2, 3, 4, 5, or 6 and k is an integer from 1 to
50, the substituent being connected to an aryl group on another photochromic
material; a group represented by one of:

wherein K is -CH2- or -O-, and M is -O- or substituted nitrogen, provided that when
M is substituted nitrogen, K is -CH2-, the substituted nitrogen substituents are
hydrogen, C1-C12 alkyl, or C1-C12 acyl, each R25 is independently for each
occurrence C1-C12 alkyl, C1-C12 alkoxy, hydroxy, or halogen, R26 and R27 each are
independently hydrogen or C1-C12 alkyl; and u is the integer 0, 1, or 2; or a group
represented by:
wherein R28 is hydrogen or C1-C12 alkyl, and R29 is an unsubstituted, mono-, or di-
substituted group, such as naphthyl, phenyl, furanyl, or thienyl, wherein the
substituents are independently C1-C12 alkyl, C1-C12 alkoxy, or halogen.
[063] Alternatively according to certain non-limiting embodiments, B and B' taken
together form un unsubstituted mono-, or di-substituted fluoren-9-ylidene, each of
said fluoren-9-ylidene substituents are independently C1-C12 alkyl, C1-C12 alkoxy, or
halogen.
VTN5080

-40-
[064] For each of the groups R1, R1', R2, R3, R4, R5, R6, B, and B' discussed above,
wherein the group comprises the reactive substituent R, each reactive substituent R
can be independently chosen from and represented by one of:
-A-D-E-G-J;
-G-E-G-J;
-D-E-G-J;
-A-D-J;
-D-G-J; and
-D-J.
[065] Non-limiting examples of structures for -A- according to various non-
limiting embodiments of the present disclosure include -C(=O)-, -OC(=O)-, -
NHC(=O)-, and -CH2-.
[066] Non-limiting examples of structures for -D- according to various non-
limiting embodiments of the present disclosure include diamine residues or
derivatives thereof, and amino alcohol residues or derivatives thereof as set forth
above.
[067] In certain non-limiting embodiments where -D- is a diamine residue or a
derivative thereof, a first amine nitrogen of the diamine residue may form a bond
with -A-, structure I, structure II, structure III, or structure IV, and a second amine
nitrogen of the diamine residue may form a bond with -E-, -G-, or -J. In other non-
limiting embodiments where -D- is a amino alcohol residue or a derivative thereof,
the amine nitrogen of the amino alcohol residue may form a bond with -A-, structure
I, structure II, structure III, or structure IV, and the alcohol oxygen of the amino
alcohol residue may form a bond with -E-, -G-, or -J; or the amine nitrogen of said
amino alcohol residue may form a bond with -E-, -G-, or -J, and said alcohol oxygen
of said amino alcohol residue may form a bond with -A-, structure I, structure II,
structure III, or structure IV.
[068] Non-limiting examples of structures for -E- according to various non-
limiting embodiments of the present disclosure include dicarboxylic acid residues or
VTN5080

-41-
derivatives thereof, as set forth above. In certain non-limiting embodiments of -E-, a
first carbonyl group of said dicarboxylic acid residue may form a bond with -G- or -
D-, and a second carbonyl group of said dicarboxylic acid residue may form a bond
with -G-.
[069] Non-limiting examples of structures for -G- according to various non-
limiting embodiments of the present disclosure include polyalkyleneglycol residues
and polyol residues and derivatives thereof, as set forth above. In certain non-
limiting embodiments where -G- a polyalkyleneglycol residue, non-limiting
examples of said polyalkyleneglycol include the structure:
-[(OC2H4)x(OC3H6)y(OC4H8)z]-O-,
wherein x, y, and z are each a number between 0 and 50, and the sum of x, y, and z
is from 1 to 50. In other non-limiting embodiments where -G- is a polyol residue or
derivative thereof, a first polyol oxygen of the polyol residue may form a bond with
-E-, -D-, structure I, structure II, structure III, or structure IV, and a second polyol
oxygen of the polyol may form a bond with -E- or -J.
[070] According to various non-limiting embodiments of the present disclosure, -J
comprises the reactive moiety or residue thereof; or alternatively, -J is hydrogen,
provided that if -J is hydrogen, -J is bonded to an oxygen of group -D- or -G-,
forming a reactive moiety. Non-limiting embodiments of reactive moieties are
discussed above.
[071] Further, according to various non-limiting embodiments disclosed herein,
one of groups R1, R1', R2, R3, R4, R5, R6, B, and B' on each of structures I, II, III,
and IV comprises a reactive substituent R. In another non-limiting embodiment, two
of the groups R1, R1', R2, R3, R4, R5, R6, B, and B' on each of structures I, II, III, and
IV may comprise a reactive substituent R, wherein the reactive substituents R may
be the same or different. In yet another non-limiting embodiment, from 1 and 4 of
the groups R1, R1', R2, R3, R4, R5, R6, B, and B' on each of structures I, II, III, and
IV may comprise a reactive substituent R, wherein the reactive substituents R may
be the same or different.
VTN5080

-42-
[072] Non-limiting examples of photochromic materials comprising naphthopyrans
comprising a reactive substituent R according to the various embodiments of the
present disclosure include the following:
(i) 3,3-di(4-methoxyphenyl)-6-methoxy-7-(3-(2-
methacryloxyethyl)carbamyloxy methylenepiperidin-1 -yl)-
13,13-dimethyl-3H,13H-indeno[2',3':3,4]naphtho[l,2-
b]pyran;
(ii) 3 -phenyl-3 -(4-morpholinophenyl)-6-methoxy-7-(3 -(2-
methacryloxyethyl) carbamyloxymethylenepiperidin-1 -yl)-
13,13-dimethyl-3H,13H-indeno[2',3':3,4]naphtho[l,2-
b]pyran;
(iii) 3-phenyl-3-(4-(4-phenylpiperazino)phenyl)-6-methoxy-7-(4-
(2-methacryloxyethyl)carbamyloxypiperidin-1 -yl)-13,13-
dimethyl-3H,13H-indeno[2',3':3,4]naphtho[1,2-b]pyran;
(iv) 3-(4-fluorophenyl)-3-(4-methoxyphenyl)-6-methoxy-7-(4-(2-
methacryloxyethyl) carbamyloxypiperidin-1 -yl)-13,13-
dimethyl-3H,13H-indeno[2',3':3,4]naphtho [1,2-b]pyran;
(v) 3-(4-fluorophenyl)-3-(4-morpholinophenyl)-6-methoxy-7-(4-
(2-methacryloxyethyl)carbamyloxypiperidin-1-yl)-13,13 -
dimethyl-3H,13H-indeno[2',3':3,4]naphtho[l,2-b]pyran;
(vi) 3-phenyl-3-(4-morpholinophenyl)-6-methoxy-7-(4-(2-
methacryloxyethyl) carbamyloxypiperidin-1 -yl)-13,13-
dimethyl-3H,13H-indeno[2',3':3,4]naphtho [1,2-b]pyran;
(vii) 3-phenyl-3-(4-morpholinophenyl)-6-methoxy-7-(4-(2-
methacryloxyethyl) carbamylpiperazin-1 -yl)-13,13-dimethyl-
3H,13H-indeno[2',3':3,4]naphtho[l,2-b]pyran;
(viii) 3-phenyl-3-(4-(2-(2-
methacryloxyethyl)carbamyloxyethoxy)phenyl)-6-methoxy-7-
VTN5080

VTN5080

-43-
piperidino-13,13-dimethyl-3H, 13H-
indeno[2',3':3,4]naphtho[l,2-b]pyran;
(ix) 3-phenyl-3-(4-methoxyphenyl)-6-methoxy-7-(4-(2-
methacryloxyethyl) carbamylpiperazin-1 -yl)-13,13 -dimethyl-
3H,13H-indeno[2',3':3,4]naphtho[l,2-b]pyran;
(x) 3-phenyl-3-(4-(2-(2-
methacryloxyethyl)carbamyloxyethoxy)phenyl)-6,7-
dimethoxy-13,13-dimethyl-3H, 13H-
indeno[2',3':3,4]naphtho[l,2-b]pyran;
(xi) 3-phenyl-3-(4-(4-(2-methacryloxyethyl)carbamylpiperazin-1 -
yl)phenyl)-6,11 -dimethoxy-13,13-dimethyl-3H, 13H-
indeno[2',3':3,4]naphtho[l,2-b]pyran;
(xii) 3-phenyl-3-(4-(2-methacryloxyethyl)carbamyloxyphenyl)-
6,7-dimethoxy-13,13-dimethyl-3H, 13H-
indeno[2',3':3,4]naphtho[l,2-b]pyran;
(xiii) 3-phenyl-3-(4-morpholinophenyl)-6-methoxy-7-(3-(2-(2-(2-
(2-(2-(2-(2-
methacryloxyethoxy)ethoxy)ethoxy)ethoxy)ethoxy)ethoxy)ca
rbonylethyl) carboxymethylenepiperidin-1 -yl)-13,13-
dimethyl-3H,13H-indeno[2',3':3,4]naphtho[l,2-b]pyran;
(xiv) 3-phenyl-3-(4-methoxyphenyl)-6-methoxy-7-(3-(2-(2-(2-(2-
(2-(2-(2-
methacryloxyethoxy)ethoxy)ethoxy)ethoxy)ethoxy)ethoxy)ca
rbonylethyl) carboxymethylenepiperidin-1 -yl)-13,13-
dimethyl-3H,13H-indeno[2',3':3,4]naphtho[l,2-b]pyran;
(xv) 3-phenyl-3-(4-morpholinophenyl)-6-methoxy-7-(4-(2-(2-(2-
(2-(2-(2-(2-
methacryloxyethoxy)ethoxy)ethoxy)ethoxy)ethoxy)ethoxy)ca

-44-
rbonylethyl) carboxypiperidin-1-yl)-13,13-dimethyl-3H, 13H-
indeno [2' ,3': 3,4] naphtho [ 1,2-b]pyran;
(xvi) 3-phenyl-3-(4-methoxyphenyl)-6-methoxy-7-(4-(2-(2-(2-(2-
(2-(2-(2-
methacryloxyethoxy)ethoxy)ethoxy)ethoxy)ethoxy)ethoxy)ca
rbonylethyl) carboxypiperidin-1 -yl)-13,13-dimethyl-3H, 13H-
indeno[2',3':3,4]naphtho[l,2-b]pyran;
(xvii) 3-phenyl-3-(4-(2-(2-(2-(2-(2-(2-(2-(2-
methacryloxyethoxy)ethoxy)ethoxy)ethoxy)
ethoxy)ethoxy)carbonylethyl)carboxyethoxy)phenyl)-6-
methoxy-7-morpholino-13,13-dimethyl-3H, 13H-
indeno[2',3':3,4]naphtho[l,2-b]pyran;
(xviii) 3-phenyl-3-(4-(4-(2-(2-
methacryloxyethyl)carbamyloxyethyl)piperazin-1 -yl)phenyl)-
13,13-dimethyl-3H,13H-indeno[2',3':3,4]naphtho[l,2-
bjpyran;
and mixtures thereof.
[073] Non-limiting methods of synthesizing the reactive substituent R on the
photochromic napthopyran according to various non-limiting embodiments of the
photochromic materials comprising a reactive substituent disclosed herein will now
be discussed with reference to the reaction schemes presented in Figures 1 and 2.
Figure 1 depicts various non-limiting methods of synthesizing a reactive substituent
R at the 7 position of an indeno[2',3':3,4] naphtho[l,2-b]pyran. Figure 2 depicts
one non-limiting method of synthesizing a reactive substituent R on a B group of an
indeno[2',3':3,4]naphtho[l,2-b]pyran. One skilled in the art will appreciate that
there may be multiple ways to synthesize the reactive substituent on the
photochromic naphthopyran, therefore it will be appreciated that these reaction
schemes are presented for illustration purposes only and are not intended to be
limiting herein.
VTN5080

-45-
[074] Referring now to Figure 1, 2,3-dimethoxy-7,7-dimethyl-7H-
benzo[C]fluoren-5-ol 5 may be reacted with a substituted 2-propyn-1-ol to form
indeno[2',3':3,4] naphtho[l,2-b]pyran 6. Non-limiting methods of synthesizing 7H-
benzo[C]fluoren-5-ols, suitable for use in the synthesis of various non-limiting
embodiments disclosed herein, are described in U.S. Patent No. 6,296,785 at col. 11,
lines 6 to col. 28, line 35, the disclosure of which is incorporated herein by
reference. Non-limiting methods of synthesizing substituted 2-propyn-1-ols,
suitable for use in the synthesis of various non-limiting embodiments disclosed
herein, are described in U.S. Patent Nos. 5,458,814, col. 4, line 11 to col. 5, line 9,
and at step 1 of Examples 1,4-6, 11,12, and 13, and 5,645,767 at col. 5, line 12 to
col. 6, line 30, the disclosures of which are incorporated herein by reference.
Indeno-fused naphthopyran 6 may then be reacted with a diamine or amino alcohol.
For example, 6 may be reacted with a diamine, such as piperazine to afford the 6-
methoxy-7-(piperizin-1 -yl)-13,13-dimethyl-3H, 13H-indeno[2' ,3':3,4] naphtho[ 1,2-
b]pyran 7. The piperazine moiety of 7 may be condensed with 2-iscyanatoethyl
methacrylate to afford photochromic naphthopyran 8 having an R substituent
comprising -D-J, as defined herein above, where -D- is a diamine residue.
Alternatively, indeno-fused naphthopyran 6 may be reacted with an amino alcohol,
such as 3-piperidinomethanol to afford the 6-methoxy-7-(3-
hydroxymethylenepiperidin-1-yl)-13,13-dimethyl-3H,13H-indeno[2',3':3,4]
naphtho[l,2-b]pyran 9. The hydroxy moiety of 9 may be condensed with 2-
iscyanatoethyl methacrylate to afford photochromic naphthopyran 10 having an R
substituent comprising -D-J, as defined herein above, where -D- is an amino alcohol
residue.
[075] Referring still to Figure 1, the hydroxy moiety of 9 may alternatively be
reacted with a cyclic anhydride, such as succinic anhydride to afford the 6-methoxy-
7-(3-(2-hydroxycarbonylethylcarboxymethylenepiperidin-1 -yl)-13,13-dimethyl -
3H,13H-indeno[2',3':3,4] naphtho[l,2-b]pyran 11. The carboxylic acid of 11 may
be esterified with polyethyleneglycol methacrylate of afford photochromic
VTN5080

-46-
naphthopyran 12 having an R substituent comprising -D-E-G-J, as defined herein
above.
[076] Referring now to Figure 2, 7,7-dimethyl-7H-benzo[C]fluoren-5-ol (13) may
be reacted with l-phenyl-1-(4-(4-(2-hydroxyethyl)piperizin-1-yl)phenyl-2-propyn-1-
ol, to form indeno[2',3':3,4]naphtho[l,2-b]pyran 14. The hydroxy moiety of 14
may be condensed with 2-iscyanatoethyl methacrylate to afford photochromic
naphthopyran 15 having an R substituent on the B group, wherein the reactive
substituent R comprises -D-J, as defined herein above, where -D- is an amino
alcohol residue.
[077] The photochromic materials of the present disclosure, for example
photochromic materials comprising a photochromic naphthopyran and a reactive
substituent bonded to the photochromic naphthopyran, wherein the reactive
substituent has the structure as set forth herein, may be used in ophthalmic devices.
[078] In certain non-limiting embodiments, the photochromic materials of the
present disclosure may be used in soft contact lenses, hard contact lenses, intraocular
lenses, overlay lenses, ocular inserts, and optical inserts.
[079] The photochromic materials according to various non-limiting embodiments
disclosed herein may be incorporated into an organic material, such as a polymeric,
oligomeric, or monomeric material, which may be used, for example and without
limitation, to form ophthalmic devices. As used herein the term "incorporated into"
means physically and/or chemically combined with. Thus, the ophthalmic devices
according to various non-limiting embodiments disclosed herein may be formed
from photochromic materials physically and/or chemically combined with at least a
portion of an organic material. As used herein the terms "polymer" and "polymeric
material" refers to homopolymers and copolymers (e.g., random copolymers, block
copolymers, and alternating copolymers), as well as blends and other combinations
thereof. Further, it is contemplated that the photochromic materials according to
various non-limiting embodiments disclosed herein may each be used alone, in
combination with other photochromic materials according to various non-limiting
VTN5080

-47-
embodiments disclosed herein, or in combination with other appropriate
complementary conventional photochromic materials. For example, the
photochromic materials according to various non-limiting embodiments disclosed
herein may be used in conjunction with other complementary conventional
photochromic materials having an activated absorption maxima within the range of
300 to 1000 nanometers. The complementary conventional photochromic materials
may include other polymerizable or compatabilized photochromic materials.
[080] The present disclosure also contemplates ophthalmic devices formed from
photochromic compositions comprising a polymeric material and a photochromic
material according to the various non-limiting embodiments discussed herein. As
used herein, the term "photochromic composition" refers to a photochromic material
in combination with another material, which may or may not be a photochromic
material. In certain non-limiting examples of the photochromic compositions
according to various non-limiting embodiments of the present disclosure, the
photochromic material is incorporated into at least a portion of the polymeric
material. For example, and without limitation, the photochromic materials disclosed
herein may be incorporated into a portion of the polymeric material, such as by
bonding to a portion of the polymeric material, for example by co-polymerizing the
photochromic material with a portion of the polymeric material; or blending with the
polymeric material. As used herein, the term "blended" or "blending" mean that the
photochromic material is intermixed or intermingled with at least a portion of an
organic material, such as the polymeric material, but not bonded to the organic
material. As used herein, the terms "bonded" or "bonding" mean that the
photochromic material is linked to a portion of an organic material, such as the
polymeric material, or a precursor thereof. For example, in certain non-limiting
embodiments, the photochromic material may be bonded to a portion of an organic
material through a reactive substituent (such, but not limited to, those reactive
substituents discussed above).
VTN5080

-48-
[081] According to one non-limiting embodiment, the photochromic material may
be incorporated into at least a portion of the polymeric material or at least a portion
of the monomeric material or oligomeric material from which the ophthalmic device
is formed. For example, photochromic materials according to various non-limiting
embodiments disclosed herein that have a reactive substituent may be bonded to an
organic material such as a monomer, oligomer, or polymer having a group with
which a reactive moiety may be reacted, or the reactive moiety can be reacted as a
co-monomer in the polymerization reaction from which the organic material is
formed, for example, in a co-polymerization process. As used, herein, the term "co-
polymerized with" means that the photochromic material is linked to a portion of the
polymeric material by reacting as a co-monomer in the polymerization reaction of
the host monomers that result in the polymeric material. For example, photochromic
materials according to various non-limiting embodiments herein have a reactive
substituent that comprises a polymerizable moiety that may react as a co-monomer
during the polymerization of the host monomers.
[082] Polymeric materials suitable for the various non-limiting embodiments of the
present disclosure include those suitable for the production of ophthalmic devices.
[083] Further, according to various non-limiting embodiments at least a portion of
the ophthalmic device is transparent. For example, according to various non-
limiting embodiments, the ophthalmic device may be formed from an optically clear
polymeric material. According to one specific non-limiting embodiment, the
polymeric material is formed from a mixture comprising polymerizable and
optionally non-polymerizable ophthalmic device forming components which are
known in the art to be useful for forming ophthalmic devices, such as contact lenses.
More specifically, suitable components include polymerizable monomers,
prepolymers and macromers, wetting agents, UV absorbing compounds,
compatibilizing components, colorants and tints, mold release agents, processing
aids, mixtures thereof and the like.
VTN5080

-49-
[084] According to one specific non-limiting embodiment, the ophthalmic device
forming components preferably form a hydrogel upon polymerization and hydration.
A hydrogel is a hydrated, crosslinked polymeric system that contains water in an
equilibrium state. Hydrogels typically are oxygen permeable and biocompatible,
making them preferred materials for producing ophthalmic devices and in particular
contact and intraocular lenses.
[085] Ophthalmic device forming components are known in the art and include
polymerizable monomers, prepolymers and macromers which contain polymerizable
group(s) and performance groups which provide the resulting polymeric material
with desirable properties. Suitable performance groups include but are not limited to
hydrophilic groups, oxygen permeability enhancing groups, UV or visible light
absorbing groups, combinations thereof and the like.
[086] The term "monomer" used herein refers to low molecular weight compounds
(i.e. typically having number average molecular weights less than about 700).
Prepolymers are medium to high molecular weight compounds or polymers (having
repeating structural units and a number average molecular weight greater than about
700) containing functional groups capable of further polymerization. Macromers are
uncrosslinked polymers which are capable of cross-linking or further
polymerization.
[087] One suitable class of ophthalmic device forming components includes
hydrophilic components, which are capable of providing at least about 20% and
preferably at least about 25% water content to the resulting lens when combined
with the remaining components. The hydrophilic components that may be used to
make the polymers of this invention are monomers having at least one
polymerizable double bond and at least one hydrophilic functional group. Examples
of polymerizable double bonds include acrylic, methacrylic, acrylamido,
methacrylamido, fumaric, maleic, styryl, isopropenylphenyl, O-vinylcarbonate, O-
vinylcarbamate, allylic, O-vinylacetyl and N-vinyllactam and N-vinylamido double
bonds. Non-limiting examples of hydrophilic monomers having acrylic and
VTN5080

-50-
methacrylic polymerizable double bonds include N,N-dimethylacrylamide (DMA),
2-hydroxyethyl acrylate, 2-hydroxyethyl methacrylate, glycerol methacrylate, 2-
hydroxyethyl methacrylamide, polyethyleneglycol monomethacrylate, methacrylic
acid, acrylic acid and mixtures thereof.
[088] Non-limiting examples of hydrophilic monomers having N-vinyl lactam and
N-vinylamide polymerizable double bonds include N-vinyl pyrrolidone (NVP), N-
vinyl-N-methyl acetamide, N-vinyl-N-ethyl acetamide, N-vinyl-N-ethyl formamide,
N-vinyl formamide, N-2-hydroxyethyl vinyl carbamate, N-carboxy-B-alanine N-
vinyl ester, with NVP and N-vinyl-N-methyl acetamide being preferred. Polymers
formed from these monomers may also be included.
[089] Other hydrophilic monomers that can be employed in the invention include
polyoxyethylene polyols having one or more of the terminal hydroxyl groups
replaced with a functional group containing a polymerizable double bond.
[090] Still further examples are the hydrophilic vinyl carbonate or vinyl carbamate
monomers disclosed in U.S. Pat. No.5,070,215, and the hydrophilic oxazolone
monomers disclosed in U.S. Pat. No. 4,190,277. Other suitable hydrophilic
monomers will be apparent to one skilled in the art.
[091] Preferred hydrophilic monomers which may be incorporated into the
polymerizable mixture of the present invention include hydrophilic monomers such
as N,N-dimethyl acrylamide (DMA), 2-hydroxyethyl acrylate, 2-hydroxyethyl
methacrylate (HEMA), glycerol methacrylate, 2-hydroxyethyl methacrylamide, N-
vinylpyrrolidone (NVP), N-vinyl-N-methyl acetamide, polyethyleneglycol
monomethacrylate and mixtures thereof.
[092] Most preferred hydrophilic monomers include HEMA, DMA, NVP, N-vinyl-
N-methyl acetamide and mixtures thereof.
[093] The above references hydrophilic monomers are suitable for the production
of conventional contact lenses such as those made from to etafilcon, polymacon,
vifilcon, genfilcon A and lenefilcon A and the like. For a conventional contact lens
the amount of hydrophilic monomer incorporated into the polymerizable mixture is
VTN5080

-51-
at least about 70 weight % and preferably at least about 80 weight %, based upon the
weight of all the components in the polymerizable mixture.
[094] In another non-limiting embodiment, suitable contact lenses may be made
from polymeric materials having increased permeability to oxygen, such as
galyfilcon A, senofilcon A, balafilcon, lotrafilcon A and B and the like. The
polymerization mixtures used to form these and other materials having increased
permeability to oxygen, generally include one or more of the hydrophilic monomers
listed above, with at least one silicone containing component.
[095] A silicone-containing component is one that contains at least one [—Si—
O—Si] group, in a monomer, macromer or prepolymer. Preferably, the Si and
attached O are present in the silicone-containing component in an amount greater
than 20 weight percent, and more preferably greater than 30 weight percent of the
total molecular weight of the silicone-containing component. Useful silicone-
containing components preferably comprise polymerizable functional groups such as
acrylate, methacrylate, acrylamide, methacrylamide, N-vinyl lactam, N-vinylamide,
and styryl functional groups. Examples of silicone-containing components which
are useful in this invention may be found in U.S. Pat. Nos. 3,808,178; 4,120,570;
4,136,250; 4,153,641; 4,740,533; 5,034,461 and 5,070,215, and EP080539. All of
the patents cited herein are hereby incorporated in their entireties by reference.
These references disclose many examples of olefinic silicone-containing
components.
[096] Further examples of suitable silicone-containing monomers are
polysiloxanylalkyl(meth)acrylic monomers represented by the following formula:
Formula VI

VTN5080

-52-
wherein: R30 denotes H or lower alkyl; X denotes O or NR34; each R34
independently denotes hydrogen or methyl,
each R31-R33 independently denotes a lower alkyl radical or a phenyl radical, and
n is 1 or 3 to 10.
[097] Examples of these polysiloxanylalkyl (meth)acrylic monomers include
methacryloxypropyl tris(trimethylsiloxy) silane,
methacryloxymethylpentamethyldisiloxane,
methacryloxypropylpentamethyldisiloxane,
methyldi(trimethylsiloxy)methacryloxypropyl silane, and
methyldi(trimethylsiloxy)methacryloxymethyl silane. Methacryloxypropyl
tris(trimethylsiloxy)silane is the most preferred.
[098] One preferred class of silicone-containing components is a
poly(organosiloxane) prepolymer represented by Formula VII:
Formula VII

wherein each A independently denotes an activated unsaturated group, such as an
ester or amide of an acrylic or a methacrylic acid or an alkyl or aryl group
(providing that at least one A comprises an activated unsaturated group capable of
undergoing radical polymerization); each of R35, R36, R37 and R38 are independently
selected from the group consisting of a monovalent hydrocarbon radical or a halogen
substituted monovalent hydrocarbon radical having 1 to 18 carbon atoms which may
have ether linkages between carbon atoms;
R39 denotes a divalent hydrocarbon radical having from 1 to 22 carbon
atoms, and
VTN5080

-53-
m is 0 or an integer greater than or equal to 1, and preferably 5 to 400, and
more preferably 10 to 300. One specific example is α, ω-bismethacryloxypropyl
poly-dimethylsiloxane. Another preferred example is mPDMS
(monomethacryloxypropyl terminated mono-n-butyl terminated
polydimethylsiloxane).
[099] Another useful class of silicone containing components includes silicone-
containing vinyl carbonate or vinyl carbamate monomers of the following formula:
Formula VIII

wherein: Y denotes O, S, or NH; RSl denotes a silicone-containing organic radical;
R40 denotes hydrogen or methyl; d is 1, 2, 3 or 4; and q is 0 or 1. Suitable silicone-
containing organic radicals RSl include the following:
-(CH2)q'Si[(CH2)sCH3]3
-(CH2VSi[OSi(CH2)sCH3]3

wherein:
Q denotes

-54-
wherein p is 1 to 6; R41 denotes an alkyl radical or a fluoroalkyl radical
having 1 to 6 carbon atoms; e is 1 to 200; q' is 1, 2, 3 or 4; and s is 0, 1, 2, 3, 4 or 5.
[100] The silicone-containing vinyl carbonate or vinyl carbamate monomers
specifically include: 1,3-bis[4-(vinyloxycarbonyloxy)but-1-yl]tetramethyl-
disiloxane; 3-(vinyloxycarbonylthio) propyl-[tris (trimethylsiloxy)silane]; 3-
[tris(trimethylsiloxy)silyl] propyl allyl carbamate; 3-[tris(trimethylsiloxy)silyl]
propyl vinyl carbamate; trimethylsilylethyl vinyl carbonate; trimethylsilylmethyl
vinyl carbonate, and

[101] The above description of silicone containing components is not an
exhaustive list. Any other silicone components known in the art may be used.
Further examples include, but are not limited to macromers made using group
transfer polymerization, such as those disclosed in 6,367,929, polysiloxane
containing polyurethane compounds such as those disclosed in US 6,858,218,
polysiloxane containing macromers, such as those described as Materials A-D in US
5,760,100; macromers containing polysiloxane, polyalkylene ether, diisocyanate,
polyfluorinated hydrocarbon, polyfluorinated ether and polysaccharide groups, such
as those described is WO 96/31792; polysiloxanes with a polar fluorinated graft or
side group(s) having a hydrogen atom attached to a terminal difluoro-substituted
carbon atom, such as those described in U.S. Pat. Nos. 5,321,108; 5,387,662 and
5,539,016; hydrophilic siloxanyl methacrylate monomers and polysiloxane-
dimethacrylate macromers such as those described in US 2004/0192872;
combinations thereof and the like.
VTN5080

-55-
[102] The polymerizable mixture may contain additional components such as, but
not limited to, wetting agents, such as those disclosed in US 6,822,016, US Serial
No. 11/057,363 (VTN 5045), US Serial No. 10/954,560, US Serial No. 10/954,559
and US Serial No. 955,214; compatibilizing components, such as those disclosed
inUS 6,822,016 and WO03/022322; UV absorbers, medicinal agents, antimicrobial
compounds, reactive tints, pigments, copolymerizable and nonpolymerizable dyes,
release agents and combinations thereof.
[103] Also contemplated are copolymers of the aforementioned monomers,
combinations, and blends of the aforementioned polymers and copolymers with
other polymers, e.g., to form interpenetrating network products.
[104] The polymerizable mixture may optionally further comprise a diluent.
Suitable diluents for polymerizable mixtures are well known in the art. Non-limiting
examples for polymerizable mixtures for hydrophilic soft contact lenses include
organic solvents or water or mixtures hereof. Preferred organic solvents include
alcohols, diols, triols, polyols and polyalkylene glycols. Examples include but are
not limited to glycerin, diols such as ethylene glycol or diethylene glycol; boris acid
esters of polyols such as those described in US Patents 4,680,336; 4,889,664 and
5,039,459; polyvinylpyrrolidone; ethoxylated alkyl glucoside; ethoxylated bisphenol
A; polyethylene glycol; mixtures of propoxylated and ethoxylated alkyl glucoside;
single phase mixture of ethoxylated or propoxylated alkyl glucoside and C2-12
dihydric alcohol; adducts of s-caprolactone and C2-6 alkanediols and triols;
ethoxylated C3-6 alkanetriol; and mixtures of these as described in US Patents
5,457,140; 5,490,059, 5,490,960; 5,498,379; 5,594,043; 5,684,058; 5,736,409;
5,910,519. Diluents can also be selected from the group having a combination of a
defined viscosity and Hanson cohesion parameter as described in US Patent
4,680,336.
[105] Non-limiting examples of diluents suitable for polymerizable mixtures for
silicone hydrogel soft contact lenses include alcohols such as those disclosed in US
6,020,445 and US Serial No. 10/794,399 for silicone hydrogel soft contact lenses.
VTN5080

-56-
The disclosure of these and all other references cited within this application are
hereby incorporated by reference. Many other suitable examples are known to those
of skill in the art and are included within the scope of this invention.
[106] Hard contact lenses are made from polymers that include but are not limited
to polymers of poly(methyl)methacrylate, silicon acrylates, fluoroacrylates,
fluoroethers, polyacetylenes, and polyimides, where the preparation of
representative examples may be found in US Patents 4,540,761; 4,508,884;
4,433,125 and 4,330,383. Intraocular lenses of the invention can be formed using
known materials. For example, the lenses may be made from a rigid material
including, without limitation, polymethyl methacrylate, polystyrene, polycarbonate,
or the like, and combinations thereof. Additionally, flexible materials may be used
including, without limitation, hydrogels, silicone materials, acrylic materials,
fluorocarbon materials and the like, or combinations thereof. Typical intraocular
lenses are described in WO 0026698, WO 00224.60, WO 9929750, WO 9927978,
WO 0022459. Other ophthalmic devices, such as punctal plugs may be made from
collagen and silicone elastomers.
[107] Various non-limiting embodiments disclosed herein provide photochromic
ophthalmic devices comprising a photochromic material according to any of the
non-limiting embodiments discussed above connected to a portion of the ophthalmic
device. As used herein, the term "connected to" means associated with, either
directly or indirectly through another material or structure.
[108] For example and without limitation, the photochromic materials disclosed
herein may be connected to at least a portion of the ophthalmic device, such as by
bonding the photochromic materials to at least a portion of the material from which
the ophthalmic device is made, for example by co-polymerizing or otherwise
bonding the photochromic materials with the ophthalmic device material; blending
the photochromic materials with the ophthalmic device material; or coating the
photochromic materials on at least a portion of a surface of the ophthalmic device.
VTN5080

-57-
Alternatively, the photochromic material may be connected to at least a portion of
the ophthalmic device such as through an intermediate coating, film or layer.
[109] According to various non-limiting embodiments disclosed herein, the
photochromic material may be connected to at least a portion of the ophthalmic
device by incorporating the photochromic material into at least a portion of the
polymeric material of the ophthalmic device, or at least a portion of the oligomeric
or monomeric material from which the ophthalmic device is formed. For example,
according to one non-limiting embodiment, the photochromic material may be
incorporated into the polymeric material of the ophthalmic device by the cast-in-
place method. Additionally or alternatively, the photochromic material may be
connected with at least a portion of the polymeric material of the ophthalmic device
by imbibition. Imbibition and the cast-in-place method are discussed below.
[110] For example, according to one non-limiting embodiment, the ophthalmic
device comprises a polymeric material and a photochromic material is bonded to at
least a portion of the polymeric material. According to another non-limiting
embodiment, the ophthalmic device comprises a polymeric material and a
photochromic material is blended with at least a portion of the polymeric material.
According to another non-limiting embodiment, the ophthalmic device comprises a
polymeric material and a photochromic material is co-polymerized with at least a
portion of the polymeric material. Non-limiting examples of polymeric materials
that are useful in forming the substrates according to various non-limiting
embodiments disclosed herein are set forth above in detail.
[Ill] According to other non-limiting embodiments, the photochromic material
may be connected to at least a portion of the ophthalmic device of the photochromic
article as part of an at least partial coating that is connected to at least a portion of
the ophthalmic device. Further, the photochromic material may be incorporated into
at least a portion of the coating composition prior to application of the coating
composition to the ophthalmic device, or alternatively, a coating composition may
be applied to the substrate, at least partially set, and thereafter the photochromic
VTN5080

-58-
material may be imbibed into at least a portion of the coating. As used herein, the
terms "set" and "setting" include, without limitation, curing, polymerizing, cross-
linking, cooling, and drying.
[112] For example, in one non-limiting embodiment of the present disclosure, the
ophthalmic device may comprise an at least partial coating of a polymeric material
connected to at least a portion of a surface thereof. According to this non-limiting
embodiment, the photochromic material may be blended with at least a portion of
the polymeric material of the at least partial coating, or the photochromic material
may be bonded to at least a portion of the polymeric material of the at least partial
coating. ,According to one specific no-limiting embodiment, the photochromic
material may be co-polymerized with at least a portion of the polymeric material of
the at least partial coating.
[113] The at least partial coating comprising a photochromic material may be
directly connected to the ophthalmic device, for example, by directly applying a
coating composition comprising a photochromic material to at least a portion of a
surface of the ophthalmic device, and at least partially setting the coating
composition. Additionally or alternatively, the at least partial coating comprising a
photochromic material may be connected to the ophthalmic device, for example,
through one or more additional coatings. For example, while not limiting herein,
according to various non-limiting embodiments, an additional coating composition
may be applied to at least a portion of the surface of the ophthalmic device, at least
partially set, and thereafter the coating composition comprising a photochromic
material may be applied over the additional coating and at least partially set.
[114] Non-limiting examples of additional coatings and films that may be used in
conjunction with the ophthalmic device disclosed herein include conventional
photochromic coating and films; ophthalmically compatible coatings including clear
coats, hydrophilic coatings, combinations thereof; and the like.
VTN5080

-59-
[115] Non-limiting examples of conventional photochromic coatings and films
include, but are not limited to, coatings and films comprising conventional
photochromic materials.
[116] The present disclosure also contemplates various methods of making
ophthalmic devices comprising connecting a photochromic material, according to
the various non-limiting embodiments disclosed herein, to at least a portion of an
ophthalmic device. For example, in one non-limiting embodiment, connecting the
photochromic material to at least a portion of the ophthalmic device may comprise
blending the photochromic material with at least a portion of the polymeric material
used to form the ophthalmic device. In another non-limiting embodiment,
connecting the photochromic material to at least a portion of the ophthalmic device
may comprise bonding the photochromic material to at least a portion of the
polymeric material of the ophthalmic device. For example in one non-limiting
embodiment, connecting the photochromic material to at least a portion of the
ophthalmic device may comprise co-polymerizing the photochromic material with at
least a portion of the polymeric material used to form the ophthalmic device. Non-
limiting methods of connecting photochromic materials to a polymeric material
include, for example, mixing the photochromic material into a solution or melt of a
polymeric, oligomeric, or monomeric material, and subsequently at least partially
setting the polymeric, oligomeric, or monomeric material. It will be appreciated by
those skilled in the art that, according to this non-limiting embodiment, in the
resultant photochromic composition, the photochromic materials may be blended
with the polymeric material (i.e., intermixed with but not bonded to) or bonded to
the polymeric material. For example, if the photochromic material contains a
polymerizable group that is compatible with the polymeric, oligomeric, or monomer
material, during setting of the organic material the photochromic material can be
reacted with at least a portion thereof to bond the photochromic material thereto.
[117] In another non-limiting embodiment, connecting the photochromic material
to at least a portion of the ophthalmic device may comprise imbibing the
VTN5080

-60-
photochromic material with at least a portion of the polymeric material of the
ophthalmic device. According to this non-limiting embodiment, the photochromic
material may be caused to diffuse into the polymeric material, for example, by
immersing an ophthalmic device comprising a polymeric material in a solution
containing the photochromic material, with or with out heating. In another non-
limiting embodiment, the connecting the photochromic material to at least a portion
of the ophthalmic device may comprise a combination of two or more of blending,
bonding (for example co-polymerizing), and imbibing the photochromic material
to/with at least a portion of the polymeric material of the ophthalmic device.
[118] According to one non-limiting embodiment of the methods, wherein the
substrate comprises a polymeric material, incorporating the photochromic material
with at least a portion of a substrate comprises a cast-in-place method. According to
this non-limiting embodiment, the photochromic material may be mixed with a
polymeric solution or melt, or other oligomeric and/or monomeric solution or
mixture, which is subsequently cast into a molding having a desired shape and at
least partially set to form the ophthalmic device. Further, although not required
according to this non-limiting embodiment, a photochromic material can be bonded
to the polymeric material.
[119] According to another non-limiting embodiment of the methods, wherein the
ophthalmic device comprises a polymeric material, connecting the photochromic
material to at least a portion of an ophthalmic device comprises in-mold casting.
According to this non-limiting embodiment, a coating composition comprising the
photochromic material, which may be a liquid coating composition, is applied to the
surface of a mold and at least partially set. Thereafter, a polymer solution or melt, or
oligomer or monomeric solution or mixture is cast over the coating and at least
partially set. After setting, the ophthalmic device with the coating is removed from
the mold.
[120] According to still another non-limiting embodiment of the methods,
connecting the photochromic material to at least a portion of a ophthalmic device
VTN5080

-61-
comprises applying an at least partial coating comprising the photochromic material
to at least a portion of the ophthalmic device. Non-limiting examples of suitable
coating methods include dip coating, spin coating, spray coating (e.g., using a liquid
coating), curtain coating, roll coating, spin and spray coating, over-molding, and the
like. For example, according to one non-limiting embodiment, the photochromic
material may be connected to the ophthalmic device by over-molding. According to
this non-limiting embodiment, a coating composition comprising the photochromic
material (which may be a liquid coating composition as previously discussed) is
applied to a mold and the ophthalmic device is then placed into the mold such that
the ophthalmic device contacts the coating causing it to spread over at least a portion
of the surface of the ophthalmic device. Thereafter, the coating composition is at
least partially set and the coated ophthalmic device is removed from the mold.
Alternatively, over-molding may be done by placing the ophthalmic device into a
mold such that an open region is defined between the ophthalmic device and the
mold, and thereafter injecting a coating composition comprising the photochromic
material into the open region. Thereafter, the coating composition can be at least
partially set and the coated ophthalmic device is removed from the mold.
[121] Further, it will be appreciated by those skilled in the art that the
photochromic compositions, photochromic ophthalmic devices, and photochromic
coating compositions according to various non-limiting embodiments disclosed
herein may further comprise other additives that aid in the processing and/or
performance of the composition. For example, and without limitation, such
additives may include complementary photochromic materials, photoinitiators,
thermal initiators, polymerization inhibitors, solvents, light stabilizers (such as, but
not limited to, ultraviolet light absorbers and light stabilizers, such as hindered
amine light stabilizers (HALS)), heat stabilizers, mold release agents, rheology
control agents, leveling agents (such as, but not limited to, surfactants), free radical
scavengers, or adhesion promoters (such as hexanediol diacrylate and coupling
agents).
VTN5080

-62-
[122] Each of the photochromic materials described herein may be used in amounts
(or in a ratio) such that a ophthalmic device or a polymeric material to which the
photochromic material is associated, i.e., blended, co-polymerized, or otherwise
bonded, coated and/or imbibed, exhibits a desired resultant color, e.g., substantially
clear and colorless when the photochromic material is in the closed form and
substantially colored when activated by actinic radiation and the photochromic
material is in the open form.
[123] The amount of the photochromic naphthopyrans of the present disclosure to
be connected to or incorporated into a coating composition, polymeric material,
ophthalmic device, and/or photochromic composition, is not critical provided that a
sufficient amount is used to produce the desired optical effect. Generally, such
amount may be described as a "photochromic amount". The particular amount of
photochromic material used may depend on a variety of factors such as, the
absorption characteristics of the photochromic material used, the intensity of color
desired upon irradiation thereof, and the method used to incorporate or apply the
photochromic material.
[124] The relative amounts of the aforesaid photochromic materials used in the
various methods of the non-limiting embodiments of the present disclosure will vary
and depend, in part, upon the relative intensities of the color of the activated species
of such materials, the ultimate color desired, the molar absorption coefficient (of
"extinction coefficient") for actinic radiation, and the method of application to the
polymeric material or substrate. Generally, the amount of total photochromic
material incorporated into or connected to a polymeric material or ophthalmic device
may range from about 0.05 to about 5.0 milligrams per square centimeter of the
surface to which the photochromic material is incorporated into or connected to.
The amount of photochromic material incorporated into or connected to a coating
composition may range from 0.1 to 40 weight percent based on the weight of the
liquid coating composition. The amount of photochromic material incorporated
into, i.e., blended with, co-polymerized with, or bonded to, a host polymer
VTN5080

-63-
photochromic composition or photochromic ophthalmic device, such as by a in cast-
in-place type method, may range from 0.01 to 40 weight percent based on the weight
of the polymeric composition or photochromic ophthalmic device.
EXAMPLES
[125] The following examples illustrate various non-limiting embodiments of the
compositions and methods within the present disclosure and are not restrictive of the
invention as otherwise described herein.
Example 1:
Stepl
[126] 2,3-Dimethoxy-7,7-dimethyl-7H-benzo[C]fluoren-5-ol (10g ), 1-phenyl-1-
(4-morpholinophenyl)-2-propyn-1-ol (13 g), dodecyl benzenesulfonic acid (10
drops), and chloroform (400 mL) were combined in a reaction flask. The reaction
mixture was heated at reflux for 3 hours and concentrated. Acetone was added to
the residue, and the slurry was filtered, yielding 18 g of off-white solid.
Step 2
[127] 3-Phenyl-3-(4-morpholinophenyl)-6,7-dimethoxy-13,13-dimethyl-3H,13H-
indeno[2',3':3,4]naphtho[l,2-b]pyran from Step 1 (20 g), 3-piperidinomethanol (7.6
g), and tetrahydrofuran (250 mL) were combined in a dry reaction flask cooled with
ice bath under nitrogen atmosphere. Butyl lithium in hexane (2.5 M, 50 mL) was
added to the reaction mixture dropwise under stirring. The cooling bath was
removed after the addition and the flask was warmed to room temperature. The dark
solution was poured into ice water (400 mL) and the mixture was extracted with
ethyl acetate (twice with 400 mL). The organic layer was washed with saturated
sodium chloride aqueous solution (200 mL), dried over sodium sulfate and
concentrated. The residue was purified by silica gel chromatography (ethyl
acetate/hexanes (v/v): 1/1.5). The product was obtained as an expanded brown-tinted
foam (17 g).
Step 3
VTN5080

-64-
[128] 3 -Phenyl-3 -(4-morpholinophenyl)-6-methoxy-7-(3 -
hydroxymethylenepiperidin-1 -yl)-13,13-dimethyl-3H, 13H-
indeno[2',3':3,4]naphtho[l,2-b]pyran from Step 2 from Step 1 (9 g), 2-
isocyanatoethyl methacrylate (3 mL), dibutyltin laureate (5 drops) and ethyl acetate
(200 mL) were combined in a reaction flask with a condenser open to air. The
mixture was heated at reflux for 30 minutes. Methanol (15 mL) was added to the
mixture to quench excess 2-isocyanatoethyl methacrylate. The reaction mixture was
concentrated and the residue was purified by silica gel chromatography (ethyl
acetate/hexanes (v/v): 1/1). The product was obtained as an expanded purple-tinted
foam (11 g). Nuclear magnetic resonance spectroscopy ("NMR") supports the
structure of 3-phenyl-3-(4-moipholinophenyl)-6-methoxy-7-(3-(2-
methacryloxyethyl)carbamyloxymethylene piperidin-1 -yl)-13,13-dimethyl-3H, 13H-
indeno[2',3':3,4]naphtho[l,2-b]pyran.
Example 2:
Step 1
[129] The procedure of Step 2 of Example 1 was followed except that 4-
hydroxypiperidine was used in place of 3-piperidinomethanol. The product was
obtained as off-white crystals.
Step 2
[130] The procedure of Step 3 of Example 1 was followed except that 3-phenyl-3-
(4-morphlinophenyl)-6-methoxy-7-(4-hydroxypiperidin-1 -yl)-13,13 -dimethyl -
3H,13H-indeno[2',3':3,4]naphtho[l,2-b]pyran (from Step 1) was used in place of 3-
phenyl-3-(4-morpholinophenyl)-6-methoxy-7-(3-hydroxymethylenepiperidin-1-yl)-
13,13-dimethyl-3H,13H-indeno[2',3':3,4]naphtho[l,2-b]pyran. The product was
obtained as purple-tinted crystals. Mass spectrometry supports the molecular weight
of 3-phenyl-3-(4-morphlinophenyl)-6-methoxy-7-(4-(2-
methacryloxyethyl)carbamyloxypiperidin-1 -yl)-13,13-dimethyl-3H, 13H-
indeno[2',3':3,4]naphtho[l,2-b]pyran.
VTN5080

-65-
Example 3:
Stepl
[131] The procedure of Step 2 of Example 1 was followed except that piperazine
was used in place of 3-piperidinomethanol. The product was obtained as purple-
tinted crystals.
Step 2
[132] 3-Phenyl-3-(4-morpholinophenyl)-6-methoxy-7-(4-piperazin-1 -yl)-13,13-
dimethyl-3H,13H-indeno[2',3':3,4]naphtho[l,2-b]pyran from Step 1 (10 g), 2-
isocyanatoethyl methacrylate (3 mL) and ethyl acetate (150 mL) were combined in
a dry reaction flask open to air. The mixture was stirred at room temperature for 20
minutes. Methanol (5 mL) was added to the mixture to quench excess 2-
isocyanatoethyl methacrylate. The mixture was concentrated and the residue was
purified by silica gel chromatography (ethyl acetate/hexanes (v/v): 1/1). After the
chromatography, the product was crystallized from ethyl acetate/hexanes (v/v: 1/1)
and filtered off as purple-tinted crystals (10 g). Mass spectrometry supports the
molecular weight of 3-phenyl-3-(4-morpholinophenyl)-6-methoxy-7-(4-(2-
methacryloxyethyl)carbamylpiperazin-1-yl)-13,13-dimethyl-3H, 13H-
indeno[2',3':3,4]naphtho[l,2-b]pyran.
Example 4:
Step 1
[133] 4-Hydroxybenzophenone (100 g), 2-chloroethanol (50 g), sodium hydroxide
(20 g) and water (500 mL) were combined in a reaction flask. The mixture was
heated at reflux for 6 hours. The oily layer was separated and crystallized upon
cooling, the crystals were washed with aqueous sodium hydroxide followed by
water and dried, yielding 85 g of off-white solid. The product was used without
further purification.
Step 2
VTN5080

-66-
[134] 4-(2-Hydroxyethoxy)benzophenone from Step 1 (30 g) was dissolved in
anhydrous dimethylformamide (250 mL) in a reaction flask with overhead stirring.
Sodium acetylide paste (15 g) in toluene was added to the reaction flask under
vigorous stirring. After the reaction was complete, the mixture was added to water
(500 mL), and the solution was extracted with ethyl ether (twice with 500 mL). The
organic layers were combined and washed with saturated aqueous sodium chloride
solution and dried over sodium sulfate. The solution was then filtered and
concentrated, and the dark residue was purified by silica gel chromatography (ethyl
acetate/hexanes (v/v): 1/1). The product was obtained as a white solid (33 g).
Step 3
[135] The procedure of Stepl of Example 1 was followed except that 1-phenyl-1-
(4-(2-hydroxyethoxy)phenyl)-2-propyn-1-ol (from Step 2) was used in place of 1-
phenyl-1-(4-morpholinophenyl)-2-propyn-1-ol. After the chromatography, the
product was precipitated from ethyl acetate/hexanes (v/v: 1/1) and filtered off as a
yellow-tinted solid.
Step 4
[136] The procedure of Step 2 of Example 1 was followed except that 3-phenyl-3-
(4-(2-hydroxyethoxy)phenyl)-6,7-dimethoxy-13,13-dimethyl-3H, 13H-
indeno[2',3':3,4] naphtho[l,2-b]pyran (from Step 3) was used in place of 3-phenyl-
3-(4-morpholinophenyl)-6,7-dimethoxy-13,13-dimethyl-3H, 13H-
indeno[2',3':3,4]naphtho[l,2-b]pyran and piperidine was used in place of 3-
piperidinomethanol. The product was obtained as a dark-green expanded foam.
Step 5
[137] The procedure of Step 3 of Example 1 was followed except that 3-phenyl-3-
(4-(2-hydroxyethoxy)phenyl)-6-methoxy-7-piperidino-13,13-dimethyl-3H, 13H-
indeno[2',3':3,4]naphtho[l,2-b]pyran (from Step 4) was used in place of 3-phenyl-
3-(4-morpholinophenyl)-6-methoxy-7-(3-hydroxymethylenepiperidin-1 -yl)-13,13-
dimethyl-3H,13H-indeno[2',3':3,4]naphtho[l,2-b]pyran. The product was obtained
VTN5080

-67-
as a yellow-tinted expanded foam. Mass spectrometry supports the molecular
weight of 3-phenyl-3-(4-(2-(2-methacryloxyethyl) carbamyloxyethoxy)phenyl)-6-
methoxy-7-piperidino-13,13-dimethyl-3H,13H-indeno[2',3':3,4]naphtho[l,2-
b]pyran.
Example 5:
Stepl
[138] 4-Fluorobenzophenone (30 g), piperazine (23 g), triethyl amine (23 mL),
potassium carbonate (22 g) and dimethyl sulfoxide (50 mL) were combined into a
reaction flask, the mixture was heated at reflux for 20 hours. After this time, the
mixture was cooled and poured into water, the slurry was extracted with chloroform
and the chloroform phase was washed with water twice and dried over sodium
sulfate. The solution was concentrated to 45 g of orange oil. The product was used
without further purification.
Step 2
[139] 4-Piperazinobenzophenone from Step 1 was dissolved in dimethylformamide
(50 mL) in a reaction flask, excess amount of sodium acetylide (9 wt% in toluene)
was added portion-wise. After the reaction was complete, the mixture was poured
into water, the mixture was then extracted with ethyl acetate, and the organic layer
was dried over sodium sulfate. The solution was filtered and concentrated. The
residue was purified by silica gel chromatography (ethyl acetate/methanol (v/v):
1/1), yielding 17 g of a yellow solid.
Step 3
[140] The procedure of Step 1 of Example 1 was followed except that 3,9-
dimethoxy-7,7-dimethyl-7H-benzo[C]-fluoren-5-ol was used in place of 2,3-
dimethoxy-7,7-dimethyl-7H-benzo[C]-fluoren-5-ol and l-phenyl-1-(4-
piperazinophenyl)-2-propyn-1-ol was used in place of l-phenyl-1-(4-
VTN5080

-68-
morpholinophenyl)-2-propyn-1-ol. After the chromatography, the product was
precipitated from acetone/methanol (v/v: 1/1) and filtered off as a green-tinted solid.
Step 4
[141] Phenyl-3-(4-piperazinophenyl)-6,ll-dimethoxy-13,13-dimethyl-3H,13H-
indeno[2',3':3,4]naphtho[l,2-b]pyran from Step 3 (1 g), 2-isocyanatoethyl
methacrylate (1.5 mL) and ethyl acetate (30 mL) were combined in a dry reaction
flask. The mixture was stirred at room temperature for 1 hour. Methanol (5 mL)
was added to the quench excess 2-isocyanatoethyl methacrylate. The mixture was
concentrated and the residue was purified by silica gel chromatography (ethyl
acetate/hexanes (v/v): 1/1). The product was obtained as a green expanded foam.
Mass spectrometry supports the molecular weight of 3-phenyl-3-(4-(4-(2-
methacryloxyethyl) carbamylpiperazin-1 -yl)phenyl)-6,11 -dimethoxy-13,13-
dimethyl-3H,13H-indeno[2',3':3,4]naphtho[l,2-b]pyran.
Example 6:
Stepl
[142] 4-Fluorobenzophenone (20g) and l-(2-hydroxyethyl)piperazine (40g) were
heated to 160°C in 200ml of DMSO for 3 hours. The mixture was poured into water
(1 L) and the solid collected by filtration. The solid was washed with water, dried,
slurried in hexane, and dried again. The off-white solid (25g) was used in the next
step without further purification.
Step 2
[143] 4-(4-(2-Hydroxyethyl)piperazin-1-yl)-benzophenone from Step 1 (25 g) was
dissolved in dimethylformamide (50 mL) in a reaction flask and excess amount of
sodium acetylide (9 wt% in toluene) was added portion-wise. After the reaction was
complete, the mixture was poured into water, and 20 g of white solid was filtered
off.
Step 3
VTN5080

-69-
[144] The procedure of Step 2 of Example 1 was followed except that 7,7-
dimethyl-7H-benzo[C]fluoren-5-ol was used in place of 2,3-dimethoxy-7,7-
dimethyl-7H-benzo[C]fluoren-5-oland l-phenyl-1-(4-(4-(2-hydroxyethylpiperazin-
l-yl)phenyl)-2-propyn-1-ol (from Step 2) was used in place of l-phenyl-1-(4-
morpholinophenyl)-2-propyn-1-ol. The product was isolated by column
chromatography, eluting with ethyl acetate/methanol 80/20 (v/v), and crystallized
from methanol as an off-white solid.
Step 4
[145] The procedure of Step 3 of Example 1 was followed except that 3-phenyl-3-
(4-(4-(2-hydroxyethyl)piperazin-1 -yl)phenyl)-13,13-dimethyl-3H, 13H-
indeno[2',3':3,4]naphtho[l,2-b]pyran (from Step 3) was used in place of 3-phenyl-
3-(4-morpholinophenyl)-6-methoxy-7-(3-hydroxymethylenepiperidin-1 -yl)-13,13-
dimethyl-3H,13H-indeno[2',3':3,4]naphtho[l,2-b]pyran. Successive
chromatographic separations with chloroform/methanol 90/10 (v/v), and with ethyl
acetate/methanol 95/5 (v/v), yielded a pure oil that was isolated as a purple-tinted
expanded foam. Mass spectrometry supports the molecular weight of 3-phenyl-3-(4-
(4-(2-(2-methacryloxyethyl)carbamyloxyethyl)piperazin-1 -yl)phenyl)-13,13-
dimethyl-3H,13H-indeno[2',3':3,4]naphtho[l,2-b]pyran.
Example 7:
Step 1
[146] The procedure of Step 1 of Example 1 was followed except that 1-phenyl-1-
(4-methoxyphenyl)-2-propyn-1-ol was used in place of l-phenyl-1-(4-
morpholinophenyl)-2-propyn-1-ol. The product was obtained as off-white crystals.
Step 2
[147] The procedure of Step 2 of Example 1 was followed except that 3-phenyl-3-
(4-methoxyphenyl)-6,7-dimethoxy-13,13-dimethyl-3H, 13H-
indeno[2',3':3,4]naphtho[l,2-b]pyran (from Step 1) was used in place of 3-phenyl-
VTN5080

-70-
3-(4-morpholinophenyl)-6,7-dimethoxy-13,13-dimethyl-3H,13H-
indeno[2',3':3,4]naphtho[l,2-b]pyran and 4-hydroxypiperidine was used in place of
3-piperidinomethanol. After the chromatography, the product was crystallized from
ethyl ether/methanol/hexanes (1/1/1), yielding yellow-tinted crystals.
Step 3
[148] 3-Phenyl-3-(4-methoxyphenyl)-6-methoxy-7-(4-hydroxypiperidin-1 -yl)-
13,13-dimethyl-3H,13H-indeno[2',3':3,4]naphtho[l,2-b]pyran from Step 2 (1 g),
succinic anhydride (0.3 g), triethyl amine ( 0.5 mL) and toluene (20 mL) were
combined in a dry reaction flask. The mixture was heated at reflux for 7 hours.
Water (50 mL) was added to the solution and the mixture was partitioned. The
toluene layer was washed with saturated sodium chloride aqueous solution and dried
over sodium sulfate. The solution was concentrated and the residue was purified by
silica gel chromatography (ethyl acetate/hexanes (v/v): 2/1), yielding 1.2 g of an
expanded yellow-tinted foam.
Step 4
[149] 3-Phenyl-3-(4-methoxyphenyl)-6-methoxy-7-(4-(2-hydroxycarbonylethyl)
carboxypiperidin-1 -yl)-13,13-dimethyl-3H, 13H-indeno [2' ,3': 3,4] naphtho [1,2-
bjpyran from Step 3 (1.2 g), poly(ethylene glycol) methacrylate (average molecular
weight 360, 1 mL), dicyclohexyl carbodiimide (0.7 g), 4-(dimethylamino)-pyridine
(0.4 g) and methylene chloride (10 mL) were combined in a dry reaction flask. The
mixture was heated at reflux for 5 hours and filtered. The solution was concentrated
and the residue was purified by silica gel chromatography (ethyl acetate/hexanes
(v/v): 1/1), yielding 1.8 g of oily mixture. MS indicates the major components have
5 to 8 ethoxy groups in the polyethylene glycol chain including the compound 3-
phenyl-3-(4-methoxyphenyl)-6-methoxy-7-(4-(2-(2-(2-(2-(2-(2-(2-
methacryloxyethoxy)ethoxy)ethoxy)ethoxy)ethoxy)ethoxy)carbonylethyl)carboxypi
peridin-1-yl)-13,13-dimethyl-3H,13H-indeno[2',3':3,4]naphtho[l,2-b]pyran.
VTN5080

-71 -
Example 8:
Step 1
[150] The procedure of Step 3 of Example 7 was followed except that 3-phenyl-3-
(4-morpholinophenyl)-6-methoxy-7-(4-(3-hydroxymethylenepiperidin)-1 -yl)-13,13-
dimethyl-3H,13H-indeno[2',3':3,4]naphtho[l,2-b]pyran (from Step 2 of Example 1)
was used in place of 3-phenyl-3-(4-methoxyphenyl)-6-methoxy-7-(4-
hydroxypiperidin-1 -yl)-13,13-dimethyl-3H, 13H-indeno[2' ,3' :3,4]naphtho[ 1,2-
b]pyran. The product was obtained as a purple-tinted expanded foam.
Step 2
[151] The procedure of Step 4 of Example 7 was followed except that 3-phenyl-3-
(4-morpholinophenyl)-6-methoxy-7-(4-(2-
hydroxycarbonylethyl)carboxymethylenepiperidin-1 -yl)-13,13-dimethyl-3H, 13H-
indeno[2',3':3,4]naphtho[l,2-b]pyran (from Step 1) was used in place of 3-phenyl-
3-(4-methoxyphenyl)-6-methoxy-7-(4-(2-hydroxycarbonylethyl) carboxypiperidin-
l-yl)-13,13-dimethyl-3H,13H-indeno[2',3':3,4]naphtho[l,2-b]pyran. The product
was obtained as an oily mixture. Mass spectrometry indicates the major component
is with 5 to 8 ethoxy groups in the ethylene glycol chain including 3-phenyl-3-(4-
morpholinophenyl)-6-methoxy-7-(3-(2-(2-(2-(2-(2-(2-(2-
methacryloxyethoxy)ethoxy)
ethoxy)ethoxy)ethoxy)ethoxy)carbonylethyl)carboxymethylenepiperidin-1-yl)-
13,13-dimethyl-3H,13H-indeno[2',3':3,4]naphtho[l,2-b]pyran.
Example 9:
Step 1
[152] The procedure of Step 4 of Example 4 was followed except that morpholine
was used in place of 3-piperidine. After the chromatography, the product was
recrystallized from t-butyl methyl ether/hexanes (2/1), yielding off-white crystals.
Step 2
VTN5080

-72-
[153] The procedure of Step 3 of Example 7 was followed except that 3-phenyl-3-
(4-(2-hydroxyethoxy)phenyl)-6-methoxy-7-morpholino-13,13-dimethyl-3H, 13H-
indeno[2',3':3,4]naphtho[l,2-b]pyran (from Step 1) was used in place of 3-phenyl-
3-(4-methoxyphenyl)-6-methoxy-7-(4-hydroxypiperidin-1 -yl)-13,13-dimethyl-
3H,13H-indeno[2',3':3,4]naphtho[l,2-b]pyran. The product was obtained as a
brown expanded foam.
Step 3
[154] The procedure of Step 4 of Example 7 was followed except that 3-phenyl-3-
(4-(2-(2-hydroxycarbonylethyl)carboxy)phenyl)-6-methoxy-7-morpholino-13,13-
dimethyl-3H,13H-indeno[2',3':3,4]naphtho[l,2-b]pyran (from Step 2) was used in
place of 3-phenyl-3-(4-methoxyphenyl)-6-methoxy-7-(4-(2-
hydroxycarbonylethyl)carboxypiperidin-1 -yl)-13,13-dimethyl-3H, 13H-
indeno[2',3':3,4]naphtho[l,2-b]pyran. The product was obtained as an oily mixture.
Mass spectrometry indicates the major component is with 5 to 8 ethoxy groups in
the ethylene glycol chain including 3-phenyl-3-(4-(2-(2-(2-(2-(2-(2-(2-(2-
methacryloxyethoxy)ethoxy)ethoxy)
ethoxy)ethoxy)ethoxy)carbonylethyl)carboxyethoxy) phenyl)-6-methoxy-7-
morpholino-13,13-dimethyl-3H,13H-indeno[2',3':3,4]naphtho[l,2-b]pyran.
Example 10: Synthesis of Photochromic Polymer Test Square and Photochromic
Performance Testing
Photochromic Performance Testing
[155] The photochromic performance of the photochromic materials of Examples
1-9 was tested as follows.
[156] A quantity of the photochromic material to be tested calculated to yield a 1.5
x 10-3 molal solution was added to a flask containing 50 grams of a monomer blend
of 4 parts ethoxylated bisphenol A dimethacrylate (BPA 2EO DMA), 1 part
poly(ethylene glycol) 600 dimethacrylate, and 0.033 weight percent 2,2'-azobis(2-
methyl propionitrile) (AIBN). The photochromic material was dissolved into the
VTN5080

-73-
monomer blend by stirring and gentle heating. After a clear solution was obtained,
it was poured into a flat sheet mold having the interior dimensions of 2.2 mm x 6
inches (15.24 cm) x 6 inches (15.24 cm). The mold was sealed and placed in a
horizontal airflow, programmable oven programmed to increase the temperature
from 40°C to 95°C over a 5 hour interval, hold the temperature at 95°C for 3 hours
and then lower it to 60°C for at least 2 hours. The methacrylate terminated
photochromic dyes were copolymerized into the sheet after this period of time.
After the mold was opened, the polymer sheet was cut using a diamond blade saw
into 2 inch (5.1 cm) test squares.
[157] The photochromic test squares prepared as described above were tested for
photochromic response on an optical bench. Prior to testing on the optical bench,
the photochromic test squares were exposed to 365 nm ultraviolet light for about 15
minutes to cause the photochromic material to transform from the unactivated (or
bleached) state to an activated (or colored) state, and then placed in a 76°C oven for
about 15 minutes to allow the photochromic material to revert back to the bleached
state. The test squares were then cooled to room temperature, exposed to fluorescent
room lighting for at least 2 hours, and then kept covered (that is, in a dark
environment) for at least 2 hours prior to testing on an optical bench maintained at
24°C. The bench was fitted with a 300-watt xenon arc lamp, a remote controlled
shutter, a KG-2 filter acting as a heat sink for the arc lamp, and neutral density
filter(s). The sample holder in which the square to be tested was situated in a water
bath which was kept at 23 °C. A collimated beam of light from a tungsten lamp was
passed through the square at a small angle (approximately 30°) normal to the square.
After passing through the square, the light from the tungsten lamp was directed to a
collection sphere, avoiding collecting scattered light and reblend light beam. From
the collection sphere the light travels via a fiber optic cable to an Ocean Optics
S2000 spectrophotometer where the resulting spectrum was measured at the visible
lambda max ("λmax-ViS") of the photochromic material being tested. The X,max-vis is the
wavelength in the visible spectrum at which the maximum absorption of the
VTN5080

-74-
activated (colored) form of the photochromic compound in a test square occurs. The
λmax-vis wavelength was determined by testing the photochromic test squares in a
Varian Cary 4000 UV-Visible spectrophotometer. The output signals from the
detector were processed by a radiometer.
[158] The saturated optical density ("Sat'd OD") for each test square was
determined by opening the shutter from the xenon lamp and measuring the
transmittance after exposing the test chip to UV radiation for 30 minutes. The xenon
beam is set to 1 W/m2 for measurements of this class of dyes, however, in some
instances, a power setting of 3 W/m2 was used. Irradiance was adjusted by varying
the neutral density filter at the light source and by adjusting lamp output. The First
Fade Half Life ("T1/2") is the time interval in seconds for the absorbance of the
activated form of the photochromic material in the test squares to reach one half the
Sat'd OD absorbance value at room temperature (24°C), after removal of the source
of activating light. Results for the photochromic materials tested are listed below in
Table 1.
Table 1: Photochromic Test Data

VTN5080

-75-
* tested under 3W irradiation
Example 11
[159] Under a nitrogen atmosphere, about 100 mg of a blend of 91 % (wt) 2-
hydroxyethyl methacrylate, 2.2 % methacrylic acid, 0.83 % ethyleneglycol
dimethacrylate, 0.1 % trimethylolpropane trimethacrylate, 0.55 % 2,2'-
azobisisobutyronitrile and 0.5 % CGI 819 (bis(2,4,6-trimethylbenzoyl)-phenyl
phosphine oxide photoinitiator, commercially available from Ciba Specialty
Chemicals), and 5.25 % of the photochromic compound made in Example 2, was
combined with Glucam E-20 diluent (poly(oxy-l,2-ethanediyl), .alpha.-hydro-
.omega.-hydroxy-, ether with methyl D-glucopyranoside, Ave. MW 1074 g/mole in
a ratio of 50 weight parts, commercially available from Chemron Corporation) to 50
weight parts reactive monomers, and placed into each front curve mold. Back curve
molds were placed onto the front curve molds and lenses were formed by curing the
mixture under visible light from fluorescent bulbs (Philips TLK03/40W) for about
20 minutes at about 50°C. The molds were removed from the light and placed in an
oven that was heated to 70°C for about 3 hours. The molds were removed from the
oven and promptly pried open while still hot. The lenses were released from the
molds by immersing them in an aqueous solution of 0.16 weight % disodium EDTA
and 0.02 weight % Tween® 80 (polyoxyethylene(20) sorbitan monooleate,
commercially available from Aldrich Chemicals) at about 70°C for about 30
minutes. The lenses were rinsed in borate-buffered saline solution. The final lenses
were uniform in shape.
[160] It is to be understood that the present description illustrates aspects of the
invention relevant to a clear understanding of the invention. Certain aspects of the
invention that would be apparent to those of ordinary skill in the art and that,
therefore, would not facilitate a better understanding of the invention have not been
presented in order to simplify the present description. Although the present
invention has been described in connection with certain embodiments, the present
VTN5080

-76-
invention is not limited to the particular embodiments disclosed, but is intended to
cover modifications that are within the spirit and scope of the invention, as defined
by the appended claims.
VTN5080

-77-
We claim:
1. A photochromic ophthalmic device comprising a photochromic material comprising:
a photochromic naphthopyran; and
at least one reactive substituent bonded to the photochromic naphthopyran, wherein
each reactive substituent is independently represented by one of:
-A-D-E-G-J;
-G-E-G-J;
-D-E-G-J;
-A-D-J;
-D-G-J; and
-D-J;
wherein:
(i) each -A- is independently -C(=O), -OC(=O)-, -NHC(=O)-, or -CH2-;
(ii) each -D- is independently:
(a) a diamine residue or a derivative thereof, said diamine residue being an
aliphatic diamine residue, a cyclo aliphatic diamine residue, a
diazacycloalkane residue, an azacyclo aliphatic amine residue, a
diazacrown ether residue, or an aromatic diamine residue, wherein a
first amine nitrogen of said diamine residue forms a bond with -A- or
the photochromic naphthopyran, and a second amine nitrogen of said
diamine residue forms a bond with -E-, -G-, or -J; or
(b) an amino alcohol residue or a derivative thereof, said amino alcohol
residue being an aliphatic amino alcohol residue, a cyclo aliphatic
amino alcohol residue, an azacyclo aliphatic alcohol residue, a
diazacyclo aliphatic alcohol residue, or an aromatic amino alcohol
residue, wherein an amine nitrogen of said amino alcohol residue
forms a bond with -A- or the photochromic naphthopyran, and an
alcohol oxygen of said amino alcohol residue forms a bond with -E-,
-G-, or -J, or said amine nitrogen of said amino alcohol residue forms a
bond with -E-, -G-, or -J, and said alcohol oxygen of said amino
alcohol residue forms a bond with -A- or the photochromic
naphthopyran;
VTN5080

-78-
(iii) each -E- is independently a dicarboxylic acid residue or a derivative thereof,
said dicarboxylic acid residue being an aliphatic dicarboxylic acid residue,
cycloaliphatic dicarboxylic acid residue, or an aromatic dicarboxylic acid
residue, wherein a first carbonyl group of said dicarboxylic acid residue forms
a bond with -G- or -D-, and a second carbonyl group of said dicarboxylic acid
residue forms a bond with -G-;
(iv) each -G- is independently:
(a) -[(OC2H4)x(OC3H6)y(OC4H8)z]-O-,
wherein x, y, and z, are each independently a number between 0 and
50, and the sum of x, y, and z ranges from 1 to 50; or
(b) a polyol residue or a derivative thereof, said polyol residue being an
aliphatic polyol residue, a cyclo aliphatic polyol residue, and an
aromatic polyol residue, wherein a first polyol oxygen of said polyol
residue forms a bond with -E-, -D-, or the photochromic naphthopyran,
and a second polyol oxygen of said polyol residue forms a bond with
-E- or -J; and
(v) each -J is independently a group comprising a reactive moiety or residue
thereof; or -J is hydrogen, provided that if -J is hydrogen, -J is bonded to an
oxygen of group -D- or -G-, forming a reactive moiety.
2. The ophthalmic device of claim 1, wherein the photochromic naphthopyran is a 2H-
naphtho[l,2-b]pyran, a 3H-naphtho[2,l-b]pyran, an indeno[2',3':3,4]naphtho[l,2-b]pyran, an
indeno[l',2':4,3]naphtho[2,l-b]pyran or a mixture thereof.
3. The ophthalmic deviceof claim 1, wherein each -J is independently acryl, crotyl,
methacryl, 2-(methacryloxy)ethylcarbamyl, 2-(methacryloxy)ethoxycarbonyl, 4-vinylphenyl,
vinyl, 1 -chlorovinyl, or epoxy.
4. The ophthalmic device of claim 1, wherein the photochromic material is purified by
recrystallization.
5. An ophthalmic device comprising at least one photochromic material represented by:
PC-[R]r
wherein
VTN5080

-79-
(a) PC comprises a photochromic naphthopyran wherein said photochromic
naphthopyran is a 2H-naphtho[l,2-b]pyran, a 3H-naphtho[2,l-b]pyran, an
indeno[2',3':3,4]naphtho[l,2-b]pyran, an indeno[l',2':4,3]naphtho[2,l-
b]pyran, or a mixture thereof;
(b) r is an integer ranging from 1 to 4; and
(c) each R group is a reactive substituent independently represented by one of:
-A-D-E-G-J;
-G-E-G-J;
-D-E-G-J;
-A-D-J;
-D-G-J; and
-D-J;
wherein:
(i) each -A- is independently -C(=O)-, -OC(=O)-, -NHC(=O)-, or -CH2-;
(ii) each -D- is independently:
(a) a diamine residue or a derivative thereof, said diamine residue
being an aliphatic diamine residue, a cyclo aliphatic diamine
residue, a diazacycloalkane residue, an azacyclo aliphatic
amine residue, a diazacrown ether residue, or an aromatic
diamine residue, wherein a first amine nitrogen of said diamine
residue forms a bond with -A- or PC, and a second amine
nitrogen of said diamine residue forms a bond with -E-, -G-, or
-J; or
(b) an amino alcohol residue or a derivative thereof, said amino
alcohol residue being an aliphatic amino alcohol residue, a
cyclo aliphatic amino alcohol residue, an azacyclo aliphatic
alcohol residue, a diazacyclo aliphatic alcohol residue, or an
aromatic amino alcohol residue, wherein an amine nitrogen of
said amino alcohol residue forms a bond with -A- or PC, and an
alcohol oxygen of said amino alcohol residue forms a bond
with -E-, -G-, or -J, or said amine nitrogen of said amino
alcohol residue forms a bond with -E-, -G-, or -J, and said
VTN5080

-80-
alcohol oxygen of said amino alcohol residue forms a bond
with-A-or PC;
(iii) each -E- is independently a dicarboxylic acid residue or a derivative
thereof, said dicarboxylic acid residue being an aliphatic dicarboxylic
acid residue, a cycloaliphatic dicarboxylic acid residue, or an aromatic
dicarboxylic acid residue, wherein a first carbonyl group of said
dicarboxylic acid residue forms a bond with -G- or -D-, and a second
carbonyl group of said dicarboxylic acid residue forms a bond with -G-;
(iv) each -G- is independently:
(a) -[(OC2H4)x(OC3H6)y(OC4H8)z]-O-,
wherein x, y, and z, are each independently a number between
0 and 50, and the sum of x, y, and z ranges from 1 to 50; or
(b) a polyol residue or a derivative thereof, said polyol residue
being an aliphatic polyol residue, a cyclo aliphatic polyol
residue, or an aromatic polyol residue, wherein a first polyol
oxygen of said polyol residue forms a bond with -E-, -D-, or
PC, and a second polyol oxygen of said polyol residue forms a
bond with -E- or -J; and
(v) each -J is independently a group comprising acryl, crotyl, methacryl, 2-
(methacryloxy)ethylcarbamyl, 2-(methacryloxy)ethoxycarbonyl, 4-
vinylphenyl, vinyl, 1-chlorovinyl, or epoxy or -J is hydrogen, provided
that if -J is hydrogen, -J is bonded to an oxygen of group -D- or -G-.
6. The ophthalmic device of claim 5, wherein r is 1 or 2.
7. An ophthalmic device comprising at least one photochromic material represented by:
VTN5080

-81-

or a mixture thereof, wherein,
(a) R, is:
a reactive substituent R, wherein said reactive substituent R is represented by one of:
-A-D-E-G-J;
-G-E-G-J;
-D-E-G-J;
-A-D-J;
-D-G-J; and
-D-J;
wherein
-A- is -C(=O)-, -OC(=O)-, -NHC(=O)-, or -CH2-;
-D- is: a diamine residue or a derivative thereof, said diamine residue being an
aliphatic diamine residue, a cyclo aliphatic diamine residue, a diazacycloalkane residue, an
azacyclo aliphatic amine residue, a diazacrown ether residue, or an aromatic diamine residue,
wherein a first amine nitrogen of said diamine residue forms a bond with -A-, structure I,
structure II, structure III, or structure IV, and a second amine nitrogen of said diamine residue
VTN5080

-82-
forms a bond with -E-, -G-, or -J; or an amino alcohol residue or a derivative thereof, said
amino alcohol residue being an aliphatic amino alcohol residue, a cyclo aliphatic amino
alcohol residue, an azacyclo aliphatic alcohol residue, a diazacyclo aliphatic alcohol residue,
or an aromatic amino alcohol residue, wherein an amine nitrogen of said amino alcohol
residue forms a bond with -A-, structure I, structure II, structure III, or structure IV, and an
alcohol oxygen of said amino alcohol residue forms a bond with -E-, -G-, or -J, or said amine
nitrogen of said amino alcohol residue forms a bond with -E-, -G-, or -J, and said alcohol
oxygen of said amino alcohol residue forms a bond with -A-, structure I, structure II,
structure III, or structure IV;
-E- is a dicarboxylic acid residue or a derivative thereof, said dicarboxylic acid
residue being an aliphatic dicarboxylic acid residue, a cycloaliphatic dicarboxylic acid
residue, or an aromatic dicarboxylic acid residue, wherein a first carbonyl group of said
dicarboxylic acid residue forms a bond with -G- or -D-, and a second carbonyl group of said
dicarboxylic acid residue forms a bond with -G-;
each -G- is independently: -[(OC2H4)x(OC3H6)y(OC4H8)z]-O-, wherein x, y, and z, are
each independently a number between 0 and 50, and the sum of x, y, and z ranges from 1 to
50; or a polyol residue or a derivative thereof, said polyol residue being an aliphatic polyol
residue, a cyclo aliphatic polyol residue, or an aromatic polyol residue, wherein a first polyol
oxygen of said polyol residue forms a bond with -E-, -D-, structure I, structure II, structure
III, or structure IV, and a second polyol oxygen of said polyol residue forms a bond with -E-
or -J; and
-J is a group comprising acryl, methacryl, crotyl, 2-(methacryloxy) ethylcarbamyl, 2-
(methacryloxy)ethoxycarbonyl, 4-vinylphenyl, vinyl, 1-chlorovinyl, or epoxy, or -J is
hydrogen, provided that if-J is hydrogen, -J is bonded to an oxygen of group -D- or -G-;
or R1 is hydrogen; hydroxyl; C1-C3 alkyl; or the group -C(=O)W, wherein W is -OR7,
-N(R8)R=, piperidino or morpholino, wherein R7 is allyl, C1-C6 alkyl, phenyl, mono(C1-
C6)alkyl substituted phenyl, mono(C1-C6)alkoxy substituted phenyl, phenyl(C1-C3)alkyl,
mono(C1-C6)alkyl substituted phenyl(C1-C3)alkyl, mono(C1-C6)alkoxy substituted phenyl(C1-
C3)alkyl, C1-C6 alkoxy(C2-C4)alkyl or C1-C6 haloalkyl, R8 and R9 are each independently C1-
C6 alkyl, C5-C7 cycloalkyl, phenyl, mono-substituted phenyl, or di-substituted phenyl,
wherein said phenyl substituents are C1-C6 alkyl or C1-C6 alkoxy, and said halo substituent is
chloro or fluoro;
VTN5080

-83-
(b) R1' is: the reactive substituent R; hydrogen; hydroxy; C1-C3 alkyl; or the group
-C(=O)W, wherein W is -OR7, -N(R8)R9, piperidino or morpholino, wherein R7 is allyl, C1-C6
alkyl, phenyl, mono(C1-C6)alkyl substituted phenyl, mono(C1-C6)alkoxy substituted phenyl,
phenyl(C1-C3)alkyl, mono(C1-C6)alkyl substituted phenyl(C1-C3)alkyl, mono(C1-C6)alkoxy
substituted phenyl(C1-C3)alkyl, C1-C6 alkoxy(C2-C4)alkyl or C1-C6 haloalkyl, and R8 and R9
are each independently C1-C6 alkyl, C5-C7 cycloalkyl, phenyl, mono-substituted phenyl, or
di-substituted phenyl, wherein said phenyl substituents are C1-C6 alkyl or C1-C6 alkoxy, and
said halo substituent is chloro or fluoro;
(c) R2 is: the reactive substituent R; hydrogen; C1-C6 alkyl; C3-C7 cycloalkyl;
substituted or unsubstituted phenyl; or -OR10; or -OC(=O)R10, wherein R10 is hydrogen, C1-
C6 alkyl, phenyl(C1-C3)alkyl, mono(C1-C6)alkyl substituted phenyl(C1-C3)alkyl, mono(C1-
C6)alkoxy substituted phenyl(C1-C3)alkyl, (C1-C6)alkoxy(C2-C4)alkyl, C3-C7 cycloalkyl, or
mono(C1-C4)alkyl substituted C3-C7 cycloalkyl, and said phenyl substituents are C1-C6 alkyl
or C1-C6 alkoxy;
(d) n is an integer ranging from 0 to 4, where R3 and R4 are independently for
each occurrence: the reactive substituent R; hydrogen; fluoro; chloro; C1-C6 alkyl; C3-C7
cycloalkyl; substituted or unsubstituted phenyl; -OR10; or -OC(=O)R10, wherein R10 is
hydrogen, C1-C6 alkyl, phenyl(C1-C3)alkyl, mono(C1-C6)alkyl substituted phenyl(C1-
C3)alkyl, mono(C1-C6)alkoxy substituted phenyl(C1-C3)alkyl, (C1-C6)alkoxy(C2-C4)alkyl, C3-
C7 cycloalkyl, or mono(C1-C4)alkyl substituted C3-C7 cycloalkyl, and said phenyl
substituents are C1-C6 alkyl or C1-C6 alkoxy; a mono-substituted phenyl, said phenyl having a
substituent located at the para position, wherein the substituent is: a dicarboxylic acid residue
or derivative thereof, a diamine residue or derivative thereof, an amino alcohol residue or
derivative thereof, a polyol residue or a derivative thereof, -CH2-, -(CH2)t-, or -[0-(CH2)t]k-,
wherein t is the integer 2, 3, 4, 5 or 6 and k is an integer from 1 to 50, the substituent being
connected to an aryl group on another photochromic material; -N(Ri i)Ri2 wherein Ri 1 and
R12 are each independently hydrogen, C1-C8 alkyl, phenyl, naphthyl, furanyl, benzofuran-2-
yl, benzofuran-3-yl, thienyl, benzothien-2-yl, benzothien-3-yl, dibenzofuranyl,
dibenzothienyl, benzopyridyl, fluorenyl, C1-C8 alkylaryl, C3-C20 cycloalkyl, C4- C20
bicycloalkyl, C5- C20 tricycloalkyl or C1- C20 alkoxyalkyl, wherein said aryl group is phenyl
or naphthyl, or R11 and R12 come together with the nitrogen atom to form a C3-C20 hetero-
bicycloalkyl ring or a C4-C20 hetero-tricycloalkyl ring; a nitrogen containing ring represented
by the following graphic formula VA:
VTN5080

-84-

wherein each Y is independently chosen for each occurrence from -CH2-, -CH(R13)-,
-C(R13)2-, -CH(aryl)-, -C(aryl)2-, and -C(R13)(aryl)-, and Z is -Y-, -O-, -S-, -S(O)-, -SO2-,
-NH-, -N(R13)-, or -N(aryl)-, wherein each R13 is independently C1-C6 alkyl, each aryl is
independently phenyl or naphthyl, m is an integer 1, 2 or 3, and p is an integer 0, 1, 2, or 3
and when p is 0, Z is Y; a group represented by one of the following graphic formulae VB or
VC:
wherein R15, R16, and R17 are each independently hydrogen, C1-C6 alkyl, phenyl, or naphthyl,
or the groups R15 and R16 together form a ring of 5 to 8 carbon atoms and each R14 is
independently for each occurrence C1-C6 alkyl, C1-C6 alkoxy, fluoro or chloro and p is an
integer 0, 1, 2, or 3; and unsubstituted, mono-, or di-substituted C4-C18 spirobicyclic amine,
or unsubstituted, mono-, and di-substituted C4-C18 spirotricyclic amine, wherein said
substituents are independently aryl, C1-C6 alkyl, C1-C6 alkoxy, or phenyl(C1-C6)alkyl; or
an R3 group in the 6-position and an R3 group in the 7-position together form a group
represented by one of VD and VE:

wherein T and T' are each independently oxygen or the group -NRi 1-, where R11, R15, and
R16 are as set forth above;
(e) R5 and R6 are each independently the reactive substituent R; hydrogen;
hydroxy; C1-C6 alkyl; C3-C7 cycloalkyl; allyl; substituted or unsubstituted phenyl; substituted
or unsubstituted benzyl; chloro; fluoro; the group -C(=O)W', wherein W is hydrogen,
hydroxy, C1-C6 alkyl, C1-C6 alkoxy, the unsubstituted, mono-or di-substituted aryl groups
VTN5080

-85-
phenyl or naphthyl, phenoxy, mono- or di-( C1-C6)alkoxy substituted phenoxy, mono- or di-(
C1-C6)alkoxy substituted phenoxy, amino, mono(C1-C6)alkylamino, di(C1-C6)alkylamino,
phenylamino, mono- or di-(C1-C6)alkyl substituted phenylamino, or mono- or di-( C1-
C6)alkoxy substituted phenylamino; -OR18, wherein R18 is C1-C6 alkyl, phenyl(C1-C3)alkyl,
mono(C1-C6)alkyl substituted phenyl(C1-C3)alkyl, mono(C1-C6)alkoxy substituted phenyl(C1-
C3)alkyl, C1-C6 alkoxy(C2-C4)alkyl, C3-C7 cycloalkyl, mono(C1-C4)alkyl substituted C3-C7
cycloalkyl, C1-C6 chloroalkyl, C1-C6 fluoroalkyl, allyl, or the group -CH(R19)Y', wherein R19
is hydrogen or C1-C3 alkyl and Y' is CN, CF3, or COOR20, wherein R20 is hydrogen or C1-C3
alkyl, or R18 is the group, -C(=O)W", wherein W" is hydrogen, C1-C6 alkyl, C1-C6 alkoxy,
the unsubstituted, mono- or di-substituted aryl groups phenyl or naphthyl, phenoxy, mono- or
di-( C1-C6)alkyl substituted phenoxy, mono- or di-(C1-C6)alkoxy substituted phenoxy, amino,
mono(C1-C6)alkylamino, di(C1-C6)alkylamino, phenylamino, mono- or di-(C1-C6)alkyl
substituted phenylamino, or mono- or di-(C1-C6)alkoxy substituted phenylamino, wherein
each of said phenyl, benzyl, or aryl group substituents are independently C1-C6 alkyl or C1-C6
alkoxy; or a mono-substituted phenyl, said phenyl having a substituent located at the para
position, wherein the substituent is: a dicarboxylic acid residue or derivative thereof, a
diamine residue or derivative thereof, an amino alcohol residue or derivative thereof, a polyol
residue or derivative thereof, -CH2-, -(CH2)t-, or -[O-(CH2)t]k-, wherein t is from an integer 2,
3, 4, 5 or 6 and k is an integer from 1 to 50, the substituent being connected to an aryl group
on another photochromic material; or R5 and R6 together form an oxo group, a spiro-
carbocyclic group containing 3 to 6 carbon atoms, or a spiro-heterocyclic group containing 1
to 2 oxygen atoms and 3 to 6 carbon atoms including the spirocarbon atom, said spiro-
carbocyclic and spiro-heterocyclic groups being annellated with 0, 1 or 2 benzene rings; and
(f) B and B' are each independently a substituted phenyl; a substituted aryl; a substituted
9-julolindinyl; a substituted heteroaromatic group chosen from pyridyl, furanyl, benzofuran-
2-yl, benzofuran-3-yl, thienyl, benzothien-2-yl, benzothien-3-yl, dib'enzofuranyl,
dibenzothienyl, carbazoyl, benzopyridyl, indolinyl, and fluorenyl, wherein the phenyl, aryl,
9-julolindinyl, or heteroaromatic substituent is the reactive substituent R; an unsubstituted,
mono-, di-, or tri-substituted phenyl or aryl group; 9-julolidinyl; or an unsubstituted, mono-
or di-substituted heteroaromatic group chosen from pyridyl, furanyl, benzofuran-2-yl,
benzofuran-3-yl, thienyl, benzothien-2-yl, benzothien-3-yl, dibenzofuranyl, dibenzothienyl,
carbazoyl, benzopyridyl, indolinyl, and fluorenyl, wherein each of the phenyl, aryl and
heteroaromatic substituents are each independently: hydroxyl, a group -C(=O)R21, wherein
VTN5080

-86-
R21 is -OR22, -N(R23)R24, piperidino, morpholino, wherein R22 is allyl, C1-C6 alkyl, phenyl,
mono(C1-C6)alkyl substituted phenyl, mono(C1-C6)alkoxy substituted phenyl, phenyl(Cr
C3)alkyl, mono(C]-C6)alkyl substituted phenyl(C1-C3)alkyl, mono(C1-C6)alkoxy substituted
phenyl(C1-C3)alkyl, C1-C6 alkoxy(C2-C4)alkyl or C1-C6 haloalkyl, R23 and R24 are each
independently C1-C6 alkyl, C5-C7 cycloalkyl, phenyl or substituted phenyl, the phenyl
substituents being C1-C6 alkyl or C1-C6 alkoxy, and said halo substituent is chloro or fluoro,
aryl, mono(C1-C12)alkoxyaryl, di(C1-C12)alkoxyaryl, mono(C1-C12)alkylaryl, di(C1-
C12)alkylaryl, haloaryl, C3-C7 cycloalkylaryl, C3-C7 cycloalkyl, C3-C7 cycloalkyloxy, C3-C7
cycloalkyloxy(C1-C12)alkyl, C3-C7 cycloalkyloxy(C1-C12)alkoxy, aryl(C1-C12)alkyl, aryl(C1-
C12)alkoxy, aryloxy, aryloxy(C1-C12)alkyl, aryloxy(C1-C12)alkoxy, mono- or di(C1-
C12)alkylaryl(C1-C12)alkyl, mono- or di-(C1-C12)alkoxyaryl(C1-C12)alkyl, mono- or di-(C1-
C12)alkylaryl(C1-C12)alkoxy, mono- or di-(C1-C12)alkoxyaryl(C1-C12)alkoxy, amino, mono-
or di-(C1-C12)alkylamino, diarylamino, piperazino, N-(C1-C12)alkylpiperazino, N-
arylpiperazino, aziridino, indolino, piperidino, morpholino, thiomorpholino,
tetrahydroquinolino, tetrahydroisoquinolino, pyrrolidyl, C1-C12 alkyl, C1-C12 haloalkyl, C1-
C12 alkoxy, mono(C1-C12 )alkoxy(C1-C12 )alkyl, acryloxy, methacryloxy, or halogen; an
unsubstituted or mono-substituted group chosen from pyrazolyl, imidazolyl, pyrazolinyl,
imidazolinyl, pyrrolinyl, phenothiazinyl, phenoxazinyl, phenazinyl, and acridinyl, each of
said substituents being C1-C12 alkyl, C1-C12 alkoxy, phenyl, or halogen; a mono-substituted
phenyl, said phenyl having a substituent located at the para position, wherein the substituent
is: a dicarboxylic acid residue or derivative thereof, a diamine residue or derivative thereof,
an amino alcohol residue or derivative thereof, a polyol residue or derivative thereof, -CH2-, -
(CH2V, or -[O-(CH2)t]k-, wherein t is an integer 2, 3, 4, 5 or 6 and k is an integer from 1 to
50, the substituent being connected to an aryl group on another photochromic material; a
group represented by one of:

wherein K is -CH2- or -O-, and M is -O- or substituted nitrogen, provided that when M is
substituted nitrogen, K is -CH2-, the substituted nitrogen substituents being hydrogen, C1-C12
alkyl, or C1-C12 acyl, each R25 being independently chosen for each occurrence from C1-C12
alkyl, C1-C12 alkoxy, hydroxy, and halogen, R26 and R27 each being independently hydrogen
or C1-C12 alkyl, and u is an integer ranging from 0 to 2; or a group represented by:
VTN5080

-87-

wherein R28 is hydrogen or C1-C12 alkyl, and R29 is an unsubstituted, mono-, or di-substituted
group chosen from naphthyl, phenyl, furanyl, and thienyl, wherein the substituents are C1-C12
alkyl, C1-C12 alkoxy, or halogen; or
B and B' taken together form one of a fluoren-9-ylidene, mono-, or di-substituted
fluoren-9-ylidene, each of said fluoren-9-ylidene substituents being independently chosen
from C1-C12 alkyl, C1-C12 alkoxy, and halogen;
provided that the photochromic material comprises at least one reactive substituent R.
8. The ophthalmic device of claim 7, wherein the photochromic material comprises two
reactive substituents R.
9. The ophthalmic device of claim 7, wherein R3 comprises a substituent at the 6 and 7
position on structure III or structure IV, said substituent at the 6 and 7 position each being
independently the reactive substituent R; -OR10, wherein R10 is hydrogen; C1-C6 alkyl; or a
nitrogen-containing group, wherein said nitrogen-containing group is:
(i) -N(R11)R12 wherein R11 and R12 are each independently hydrogen, C1-C8 alkyl,
phenyl, or C1- C20 alkoxyalkyl, or
(ii) a nitrogen containing ring represented by the following graphic formula VA:

wherein each Y is independently chosen for each occurrence from -CH2-, -CH(R13)-,
-C(R13)2-, -CH(aryl)-, -C(aryl)2-, and -C(R13)(aryl)-, and Z is -Y-, -O-, -S-, -S(O)-, -SO2-,
-NH-, -N(R13)-, or -N(aryl)-, wherein each R13 is independently C1-C6 alkyl, each aryl is
independently phenyl or naphthyl, m is the integer 1, 2 or 3, and p is the integer 0, 1, 2, or 3
and when p is 0, Z is Y.
10. The ophthalmic deviceof claim 7, wherein R5 and R6 are each independently the
reactive substituent R; C1-C6 alkyl; hydroxy; or -OR18, wherein R18 is C1-C6 alkyl.
VTN5080

-88-
11. The ophthalmic device of claim 1 wherein said device is formed from at least one
polymeric material comprising said photochromic material incorporated into at least a portion
thereof.
12. The ophthalmic device of claim 11, wherein the polymeric material is is formed from
components comprising hydrophilic monomers, hydrophilic polymers and silicone
components.
13. The ophthalmic device of claim 11, wherein said ophthalmic device is a contact lens
and said polymeric material comprises a hydrogel.
14. The ophthalmic device of claim 1 wherein the photochromic material is connected to
at least a portion of the ophthalmic device.
15. The photochromic article of claim 14, wherein the ophthalmic device is selected from
the group consisting of soft contact lenses, hard contact lenses, intraocular lenses, overlay
lenses, ocular inserts, and optical inserts.
16. The ophthalmic deviceof claim 1, wherein the ophthalmic device is a soft contact
lens.
17. The photochromic article of claim 14, wherein the ophthalmic devicecomprises a
polymeric material and the photochromic material is at least one of blended with at least a
portion of the polymeric material and bonded to at least a portion of the polymeric material.
18. The ophthalmic device of claim 17, wherein the photochromic material is bonded by
co-polymerization with at least a portion of the polymeric material.
19. The ophthalmic deviceof claim 17 wherein an at least partial coating of a polymeric
coating material is connected to at least a portion of a surface of the ophthalmic deviceand the
polymeric coating material comprises the photochromic material.
20. A method of making a photochromic ophthalmic device of claim 1 comprising
connecting the photochromic material to at least a portion of the ophthalmic device.
21. The method according to claim 20, wherein the substrate comprises a polymeric
material, and connecting comprises incorporating the photochromic material into at least a
portion of the ophthalmic deviceby at least one of blending the photochromic material with at
least a portion of the polymeric material and bonding the photochromic material to at least a
portion of the polymeric material.
VTN5080

-89-
22. The method according to claim 21, wherein the photochromic material is bonded by
co-polymerizing the photochromic material with at least a portion of the polymeric material.
23. The method according to claim 20, wherein the ophthalmic devicecomprises a
polymeric material and connecting the photochromic material into at least a portion of said
ophthalmic device comprises casting-in-place the photochromic material and the polymeric
material.
24. The method according to claim 20, wherein the ophthalmic devicecomprises a
polymeric material and connecting a photochromic material to at least a portion of the
ophthalmic device, comprises applying an at least partial coating comprising the
photochromic material to at least a portion of the ophthalmic device.
25. The method according to claim 24, wherein applying the at least partial coating
comprising the photochromic material to at least a portion of the ophthalmic device
comprises one of dip coating, spin coating, roll coating, spray coating, curtain coating, and
in-mold casting.
26. An ophthalmic device comprising at least one photochromic material chosen from:
(i) 3,3-di(4-methoxyphenyl)-6-methoxy-7-(3-(2-methacryloxyethyl)carbamyloxy
methylenepiperidin-1 -yl)-l 3,13-dimethyl-3H, 13H-indeno[2' ,3' :3,4]naphtho
[l,2-b]pyran;
(ii) 3 -phenyl-3 -(4-morpholinophenyl)-6-methoxy-7-(3 -(2-methacryloxyethyl)
carbamyloxymethylenepiperidin-1 -yl)-13,13-dimethyl-3H, 13H-indeno
[2',3':3,4] naphtho[l,2-b]pyran;
(iii) 3-phenyl-3-(4-(4-phenylpiperazino)phenyl)-6-methoxy-7-(4-(2-
methacryloxyethyl)carbamyloxypiperidin-1 -yl)-l 3,13-dimethyl-3H, 13H-
indeno[2',3':3,4]naphtho[l,2-b]pyran;
(iv) 3-(4-fluorophenyl)-3-(4-methoxyphenyl)-6-methoxy-7-(4-(2-
methacryloxyethyl) carbamyloxypiperidin-1 -yl)-13,13-dimethyl-3H, 13H-
indeno [2' ,3': 3,4] naphtho [ 1,2 -b] pyran;
(v) 3-(4-fluorophenyl)-3-(4-morpholinophenyl)-6-methoxy-7-(4-(2-
methacryloxyethyl)carbamyloxypiperidin-1 -yl)-13,13-dimethyl-3H, 13H-
indeno[2',3':3,4]naphtho[l,2-b]pyran;
VTN5080

VTN5080

-90-
(vi) 3-phenyl-3-(4-morpholinophenyl)-6-methoxy-7-(4-(2-methacryloxyethyl)
carbamyloxypiperidin-1 -yl)-13,13 -dimethyl-3H, 13H-indeno [2' ,3': 3,4] naphtho
[l,2-b]pyran;
(vii) 3-phenyl-3-(4-morpholinophenyl)-6-methoxy-7-(4-(2-methacryloxyethyl)
carbamylpiperazin-1 -yl)-13,13-dimethyl-3H, 13H-indeno [2' ,3': 3,4] naphtho
[l,2-b]pyran;
(viii) 3-phenyl-3-(4-(2-(2-methacryloxyethyl)carbamyloxyethoxy)phenyl)-6-
methoxy-7-piperidino-13,13-dimethyl-3H,13H-indeno[2',3':3,4]naphtho[l,2-
b]pyran;
(ix) 3 -phenyl-3 -(4-methoxyphenyl)-6-methoxy-7-(4-(2-methacryloxy ethyl)
carbamylpiperazin-1-yl)-13,13-dimethyl-3H,13H-indeno[2',3':3,4]
naphthofl ,2-b]pyran;
(x) 3-phenyl-3-(4-(2-(2-methacryloxyethyl)carbamyloxyethoxy)phenyl)-6,7-
dimethoxy-13,13-dimethyl-3H,13H-indeno[2',3':3,4]naphtho[l,2-b]pyran;
(xi) 3-phenyl-3-(4-(4-(2-methacryloxyethyl)carbamylpiperazin-1 -yl)phenyl)-6,11 -
dimethoxy-13,13 -dimethyl-3H, 13H-indeno [2' ,3': 3,4]naphtho [ 1,2-b]pyran;
(xii) 3-phenyl-3-(4-(2-methacryloxyethyl)carbamyloxyphenyl)-6,7-dimethoxy-
13,13-dimethyl-3H,13H-indeno[2',3':3,4]naphtho[l,2-b]pyran;
(xiii) 3-phenyl-3-(4-moipholinophenyl)-6-methoxy-7-(3-(2-(2-(2-(2-(2-(2-(2-
methacryloxyethoxy)ethoxy)ethoxy)ethoxy)ethoxy)ethoxy)carbonylethyl)
carboxymethylenepiperidin-1 -yl)-13,13 -dimethyl-3H, 13H-indeno [2' ,3': 3,4]
naphtho [ 1,2-b]pyran;
(xiv) 3-phenyl-3-(4-methoxyphenyl)-6-methoxy-7-(3-(2-(2-(2-(2-(2-(2-(2-
methacryloxyethoxy)ethoxy)ethoxy)ethoxy)ethoxy)ethoxy)carbonylethyl)
carboxymethylenepiperidin-1 -yl)-13,13-dimethyl-3H, 13H-indeno [2' ,3': 3,4]
naphtho [1,2-b] pyran;
(xv) 3-phenyl-3-(4-morpholinophenyl)-6-methoxy-7-(4-(2-(2-(2-(2-(2-(2-(2-
methacryloxyethoxy)ethoxy)ethoxy)ethoxy)ethoxy)ethoxy)carbonylethyl)
carboxypiperidin-1-yl)-13,13-dimethyl-3H,13H-indeno[2',3':3,4]naphtho[l,2-
b]pyran;
(xvi) 3-phenyl-3-(4-methoxyphenyl)-6-methoxy-7-(4-(2-(2-(2-(2-(2-(2-(2-
methacryloxyethoxy)ethoxy)ethoxy)ethox.y)ethoxy)ethoxy)carbonylethyl)

-91 -
carboxypiperidin-1-yl)-13,13-dimethyl-3H,13H-indeno[2',3':3,4]naphtho[l,2-
b]pyran;
(xvii) 3-phenyl-3-(4-(2-(2-(2-(2-(2-(2-(2-(2-methacryloxyethoxy)ethoxy)ethoxy)
ethoxy)ethoxy)ethoxy)carbonylethyl)carboxyethoxy)phenyl)-6-methoxy-7-
morpholino-13,13-dimethyl-3H,13H-indeno[2',3':3,4]naphtho[l,2-b]pyran;
(xviii) 3 -phenyl-3 -(4-(4-(2-(2-methacryloxyethyl)carbamyloxyethyl)piperazin-1 -
yl)phenyl)-13,13-dimethyl-3H,13H-indeno[2',3':3,4]naphtho[l,2-b]pyran;
and combinations thereof.
27. The photochromic composition of claim 11 where the photochromic article
comprises at least one of a complementary photochromic material, a photoinitiator, a thermal
initiator, a polymerization inhibitor, a solvent, a light stabilizer, a heat stabilizer, a mold
release agent, a rheology control agent, a leveling agent, a free radical scavenger, an adhesion
promoter, a wetting agent, a compatibilizing component, a medicinal agent, an antimicrobial
compound, a reactive tint, a pigment, a copolymerizable and nonpolymerizable dye and
mixtures thereof.
28. The photochromic composition of claim 14 where the photochromic article
comprises at least one of a complementary photochromic material, a photoinitiator, a thermal
initiator, a polymerization inhibitor, a solvent, a light stabilizer, a heat stabilizer, a mold
release agent, a rheology control agent, a leveling agent, a free radical scavenger, an adhesion
promoter, a wetting agent, a compatibilizing component, a medicinal agent, an antimicrobial
compound, a reactive tint, a pigment, a copolymerizable and nonpolymerizable dye and
mixtures thereof.
29. The ophthalmic device of claim 14 wherein said device is coated with a coating
composition comprising the photochromic material.

VTN5080

Various non-limiting embodiments of the present disclosure relate to
ophthalmic devices comprising photochromic materials comprising a reactive substituent.
For example, the present disclosure contemplates ophthalmic devices comprising
photochromic materials, such as photochromic naphthopyrans and indeno-fused
naphthopyrans having a reactive substituent comprising a reactive moiety linked to the
photochromic naphthopyran by one or more linking groups. In certain non-limiting
embodiments, the reactive moiety comprises a polymerizable moiety. In other non-limiting
embodiments, the reactive moiety comprises a nucleophilic moiety. Other non-limiting
embodiments of the present disclosure relate to methods of making the photochromic
ophthalmic device, wherein the photochromic ophthalmic devices comprise the photochromic
naphthopyrans described herein.

Documents:

03805-kolnp-2007-abstract.pdf

03805-kolnp-2007-assignment.pdf

03805-kolnp-2007-claims.pdf

03805-kolnp-2007-correspondence others 1.1.pdf

03805-kolnp-2007-correspondence others 1.2.pdf

03805-kolnp-2007-correspondence others.pdf

03805-kolnp-2007-description complete.pdf

03805-kolnp-2007-drawings.pdf

03805-kolnp-2007-form 1.pdf

03805-kolnp-2007-form 2.pdf

03805-kolnp-2007-form 3.pdf

03805-kolnp-2007-form 5.pdf

03805-kolnp-2007-gpa.pdf

03805-kolnp-2007-international publication.pdf

03805-kolnp-2007-international search report.pdf

03805-kolnp-2007-pct request form.pdf

3805-KOLNP-2007-(02-02-2015)-CORRESPONDENCE.pdf

3805-KOLNP-2007-(02-12-2011)-CORRESPONDENCE.pdf

3805-KOLNP-2007-(02-12-2011)-FORM-3.pdf

3805-KOLNP-2007-(29-08-2012)-ABSTRACT.pdf

3805-KOLNP-2007-(29-08-2012)-AMANDED CLAIMS.pdf

3805-KOLNP-2007-(29-08-2012)-ANNEXURE TO FORM 3.pdf

3805-KOLNP-2007-(29-08-2012)-DESCRIPTION (COMPLETE).pdf

3805-KOLNP-2007-(29-08-2012)-DRAWINGS.pdf

3805-KOLNP-2007-(29-08-2012)-EXAMINATION REPORT REPLY RECIEVED.PDF

3805-KOLNP-2007-(29-08-2012)-FORM-1.pdf

3805-KOLNP-2007-(29-08-2012)-FORM-2.pdf

3805-KOLNP-2007-(29-08-2012)-OTHERS.pdf

3805-KOLNP-2007-(29-08-2012)-PETITION UNDER RULE 137.pdf

3805-KOLNP-2007-CORRESPONDENCE OTHERS 1.3.pdf

3805-KOLNP-2007-FORM 26.pdf

3805-KOLNP-2007_1-(29-08-2012)-ANNEXURE TO FORM 3.pdf

3805-KOLNP-2007_1-(29-08-2012)-CORRESPONDENCE.pdf

3805-KOLNP-2007_1-(29-08-2012)-DESCRIPTION (COMPLETE).pdf

3805-KOLNP-2007_1-(29-08-2012)-EXAMINATION REPORT REPLY RECEIVED.pdf

3805-KOLNP-2007_1-(29-08-2012)-FORM-1.pdf

3805-KOLNP-2007_1-(29-08-2012)-FORM-2.pdf

abstract-03805-kolnp-2007.jpg

« Previous Patent

Next Patent »

Patent Number

265388

Indian Patent Application Number

3805/KOLNP/2007

PG Journal Number

09/2015

Publication Date

27-Feb-2015

Grant Date

23-Feb-2015

Date of Filing

08-Oct-2007

Name of Patentee

JOHNSON & JOHNSON VISION CARE, INC.

Applicant Address

7500 CENTURION PARKWAY, SUITE 100 JACKSONVILLE, FL

Inventors:

#	Inventor's Name	Inventor's Address
1	WENJING XIAO	3142 BARBERRY COURT, MURRYSVILLE, PENNSYLVANIA 15668
2	SHIVKUMAR MAHADEVAN	1543 WILDFERN DRIVE, ORANGE PARK, FLORIDA 32003
3	FRANK MOLOCK	1905 WHITE DOGWOOD LANE, ORANGE PARK, FLORIDA 32003
4	BARRY VAN GEMERT	432 ELEANOR STREET, PITCAIRN, PENNSYLVANIA 15140

PCT International Classification Number

G02B 5/23

PCT International Application Number

PCT/US2006/013005

PCT International Filing date

2006-04-03

PCT Conventions:

#	PCT Application Number	Date of Convention	Priority Country
1	11/101,979	2005-04-08	U.S.A.